WO2024047646A1 - Liposome-containing cosmetic compositions - Google Patents
Liposome-containing cosmetic compositions Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024047646A1 WO2024047646A1 PCT/IL2023/050926 IL2023050926W WO2024047646A1 WO 2024047646 A1 WO2024047646 A1 WO 2024047646A1 IL 2023050926 W IL2023050926 W IL 2023050926W WO 2024047646 A1 WO2024047646 A1 WO 2024047646A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- cosmetic
- group
- composition
- cosmeceutical composition
- embodiments described
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 289
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 148
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 112
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 132
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 122
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 96
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 133
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 86
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 85
- -1 carboxy, thiocarboxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 82
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 67
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 63
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 claims description 56
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 claims description 56
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 claims description 56
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 claims description 52
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 50
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 50
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000003473 lipid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 18
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000005328 phosphinyl group Chemical group [PH2](=O)* 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000005499 phosphonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000037067 skin hydration Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical group C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000400 lauroyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002669 linoleoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001419 myristoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002811 oleoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001236 palmitoleoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001312 palmitoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003696 stearoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000007762 w/o emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002453 shampoo Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 142
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 141
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 95
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 94
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 79
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 70
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 69
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 67
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 61
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 57
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 54
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 51
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 45
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 41
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 41
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 37
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 37
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 35
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 34
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 32
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N monopropylene glycol Natural products CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 28
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 26
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 25
- 229960001631 carbomer Drugs 0.000 description 25
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 25
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 24
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 24
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 24
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 24
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 23
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 22
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 22
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 21
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 21
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 20
- ZSZRUEAFVQITHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethyl 2-(trimethylazaniumyl)ethyl phosphate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C ZSZRUEAFVQITHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 19
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 238000010560 atom transfer radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 18
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 18
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 17
- 125000005190 thiohydroxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 230000036572 transepidermal water loss Effects 0.000 description 17
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 15
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 15
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 14
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 14
- SLKDGVPOSSLUAI-PGUFJCEWSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine zwitterion Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OCCN)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC SLKDGVPOSSLUAI-PGUFJCEWSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 12
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 12
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 12
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 11
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000005296 thioaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 10
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid group Chemical class C(CC(O)(C(=O)O)CC(=O)O)(=O)O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 10
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 9
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 150000001412 amines Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- DYMRYCZRMAHYKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-diazonitramide Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)N=[N+]=[N-] DYMRYCZRMAHYKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229960004274 stearic acid Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 210000000434 stratum corneum Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-HZJYTTRNSA-N Linoleic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-HZJYTTRNSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000002327 glycerophospholipids Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 235000020778 linoleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-IXWMQOLASA-N linoleic acid Natural products CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-IXWMQOLASA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000005415 magnetization Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003883 ointment base Substances 0.000 description 8
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 235000021313 oleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 8
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 230000008591 skin barrier function Effects 0.000 description 8
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 206010020649 Hyperkeratosis Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 7
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229940106189 ceramide Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 7
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 6
- 235000013162 Cocos nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 244000060011 Cocos nucifera Species 0.000 description 6
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000001126 Keratosis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 244000044822 Simmondsia californica Species 0.000 description 6
- 235000004433 Simmondsia californica Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 241001135917 Vitellaria paradoxa Species 0.000 description 6
- 235000018936 Vitellaria paradoxa Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- POJWUDADGALRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N allantoin Chemical compound NC(=O)NC1NC(=O)NC1=O POJWUDADGALRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 6
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010013786 Dry skin Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000004909 Moisturizer Substances 0.000 description 5
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037336 dry skin Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003349 gelling agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001333 moisturizer Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BANXPJUEBPWEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-Pentadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C BANXPJUEBPWEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SVTBMSDMJJWYQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpentane-2,4-diol Chemical compound CC(O)CC(C)(C)O SVTBMSDMJJWYQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UIVPNOBLHXUKDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5,5-trimethylhexyl 3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)CCOC(=O)CC(C)CC(C)(C)C UIVPNOBLHXUKDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IRLPACMLTUPBCL-KQYNXXCUSA-N 5'-adenylyl sulfate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O IRLPACMLTUPBCL-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YDNKGFDKKRUKPY-JHOUSYSJSA-N C16 ceramide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)C=CCCCCCCCCCCCCC YDNKGFDKKRUKPY-JHOUSYSJSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 4
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CRJGESKKUOMBCT-VQTJNVASSA-N N-acetylsphinganine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)NC(C)=O CRJGESKKUOMBCT-VQTJNVASSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 4
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001231 Polysaccharide peptide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Chemical group OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010040844 Skin exfoliation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012296 anti-solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZVEQCJWYRWKARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ceramide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(=O)NC(CO)C(O)C=CCCC=C(C)CCCCCCCCC ZVEQCJWYRWKARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940107161 cholesterol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229940100554 isononyl isononanoate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000003760 magnetic stirring Methods 0.000 description 4
- FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacrylamide Chemical class CC(=C)C(N)=O FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VVGIYYKRAMHVLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N newbouldiamide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC VVGIYYKRAMHVLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960005323 phenoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010022457 polysaccharide peptide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 4
- PRAKJMSDJKAYCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N squalane Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C PRAKJMSDJKAYCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000516 sunscreening agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000002691 unilamellar liposome Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 239000003021 water soluble solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical group OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XHZPRMZZQOIPDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methyl-2-[(1-oxo-2-propenyl)amino]-1-propanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CC(C)(C)NC(=O)C=C XHZPRMZZQOIPDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000002874 Acne Vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 3
- POJWUDADGALRAB-PVQJCKRUSA-N Allantoin Natural products NC(=O)N[C@@H]1NC(=O)NC1=O POJWUDADGALRAB-PVQJCKRUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000002961 Aloe barbadensis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000144927 Aloe barbadensis Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZAKOWWREFLAJOT-CEFNRUSXSA-N D-alpha-tocopherylacetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C ZAKOWWREFLAJOT-CEFNRUSXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101100425892 Danio rerio tpma gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 3
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Natural products NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- SUHOOTKUPISOBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-phosphoethanolamine Chemical compound NCCOP(O)(O)=O SUHOOTKUPISOBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 208000012641 Pigmentation disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101150048952 TPM-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010000496 acne Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229960000458 allantoin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000011399 aloe vera Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229940073609 bismuth oxychloride Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000014121 butter Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000001783 ceramides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940081733 cetearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- ZAKOWWREFLAJOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-alpha-Tocopheryl acetate Natural products CC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C ZAKOWWREFLAJOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002781 deodorant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004207 dermis Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- IPZJQDSFZGZEOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylmethylene Chemical group C[C]C IPZJQDSFZGZEOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940093476 ethylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000001815 facial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- FOYKKGHVWRFIBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-tocopherol acetate Natural products CC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1 FOYKKGHVWRFIBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930182478 glucoside Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 150000008131 glucosides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000001055 magnesium Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003020 moisturizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 3
- BWOROQSFKKODDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxobismuth;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.[Bi]=O BWOROQSFKKODDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002525 phosphocholine group Chemical group OP(=O)(OCC[N+](C)(C)C)O* 0.000 description 3
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001495 poly(sodium acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000027756 respiratory electron transport chain Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037075 skin appearance Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004927 skin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M sodium ascorbate Substances [Na+].OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 235000010378 sodium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960005055 sodium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium polyacrylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C=C NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M sodium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Na+].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- LADGBHLMCUINGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N tricaprin Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCC LADGBHLMCUINGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N (+)-propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UDATXMIGEVPXTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-triazolidine-3,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)N1 UDATXMIGEVPXTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVNGJLRDBYCPGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP([O-])(=O)OCC[NH3+])OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC LVNGJLRDBYCPGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LDVVTQMJQSCDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dihydroxypropan-2-yl formate Chemical compound OCC(CO)OC=O LDVVTQMJQSCDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-propanediol Substances OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940035437 1,3-propanediol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000004066 1-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- ARIWANIATODDMH-AWEZNQCLSA-N 1-lauroyl-sn-glycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)CO ARIWANIATODDMH-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940043268 2,2,4,4,6,8,8-heptamethylnonane Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DWHIUNMOTRUVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-dodecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO DWHIUNMOTRUVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BHIZVZJETFVJMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxypropyl dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(C)O BHIZVZJETFVJMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004042 4-aminobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- BTJIUGUIPKRLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 BTJIUGUIPKRLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010002153 Anal fissure Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000016583 Anus disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical class OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010012468 Dermatitis herpetiformis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OCC OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010014759 Endometrial neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethenol Chemical class OC=C IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000385 Fibroblast growth factor 7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100028071 Fibroblast growth factor 7 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000009531 Fissure in Ano Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002527 Glycogen Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002488 Hemicellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ARIWANIATODDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lauric acid monoglyceride Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO ARIWANIATODDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000003088 Limited Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000024140 Limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CVRXLMUYFMERMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(2-pyridylmethyl)ethylenediamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1CN(CC=1N=CC=CC=1)CCN(CC=1N=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=N1 CVRXLMUYFMERMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BACYUWVYYTXETD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Lauroylsarcosine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)CC(O)=O BACYUWVYYTXETD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000009053 Neurodermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920000299 Nylon 12 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-phosphoryl-L-serine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000003251 Pruritus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010037867 Rash macular Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001303601 Rosacea Species 0.000 description 2
- 125000005631 S-sulfonamido group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 206010039793 Seborrhoeic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010033576 Transferrin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100026144 Transferrin receptor protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trioxochromium Chemical compound O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024780 Urticaria Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000006083 Xeroderma Pigmentosum Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010048222 Xerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N [1-[2,3-dihydroxypropoxy(hydroxy)phosphoryl]oxy-3-hexadecanoyloxypropan-2-yl] (9e,12e)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\C\C=C\CCCCC ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000009621 actinic keratosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010976 amide bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003213 antiperspirant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BQMNFPBUAQPINY-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;2-methyl-2-(prop-2-enoylamino)propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CC(C)(C)NC(=O)C=C BQMNFPBUAQPINY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 2
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- AIEZFWSIZQLXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N biphenyl-2,2',3,3'-tetraol Chemical group OC1=CC=CC(C=2C(=C(O)C=CC=2)O)=C1O AIEZFWSIZQLXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCCCCO WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010376 calcium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940047036 calcium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011692 calcium ascorbate Substances 0.000 description 2
- BLORRZQTHNGFTI-ZZMNMWMASA-L calcium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] BLORRZQTHNGFTI-ZZMNMWMASA-L 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical group OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- 229910000423 chromium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- QTMDXZNDVAMKGV-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(ii) bromide Chemical compound [Cu+2].[Br-].[Br-] QTMDXZNDVAMKGV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LPIQUOYDBNQMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentene Chemical compound C1CC=CC1 LPIQUOYDBNQMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035618 desquamation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229950006137 dexfosfoserine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011026 diafiltration Methods 0.000 description 2
- RXKJFZQQPQGTFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxyacetone Chemical compound OCC(=O)CO RXKJFZQQPQGTFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- NOPFSRXAKWQILS-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO NOPFSRXAKWQILS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940071106 ethylenediaminetetraacetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000105 evaporative light scattering detection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-L glutamate group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-] WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229960005150 glycerol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940096919 glycogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940051250 hexylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940071676 hydroxypropylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 206010021198 ichthyosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002085 irritant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- KUVMKLCGXIYSNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopentadecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C KUVMKLCGXIYSNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940031674 laureth-7 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N morphine Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000214 mouth Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- JXTPJDDICSTXJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Triacontane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC JXTPJDDICSTXJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COCAUCFPFHUGAA-MGNBDDOMSA-N n-[3-[(1s,7s)-5-amino-4-thia-6-azabicyclo[5.1.0]oct-5-en-7-yl]-4-fluorophenyl]-5-chloropyridine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C=1C=C(F)C([C@@]23N=C(SCC[C@@H]2C3)N)=CC=1NC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=N1 COCAUCFPFHUGAA-MGNBDDOMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014571 nuts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- AEIJTFQOBWATKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)CO AEIJTFQOBWATKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003905 phosphatidylinositols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000000419 plant extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920000223 polyglycerol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940026235 propylene glycol monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000004700 rosacea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010038196 saccharide-binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004671 saturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000008742 seborrheic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000010744 skin desquamation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940032094 squalane Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003440 styrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013616 tea Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000341 threoninyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 201000004647 tinea pedis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RGZSQWQPBWRIAQ-CABCVRRESA-N (-)-alpha-Bisabolol Chemical compound CC(C)=CCC[C@](C)(O)[C@H]1CCC(C)=CC1 RGZSQWQPBWRIAQ-CABCVRRESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001500 (2R)-6-methyl-2-[(1R)-4-methyl-1-cyclohex-3-enyl]hept-5-en-2-ol Substances 0.000 description 1
- LWEXAPVESMZHFG-NRFANRHFSA-N (2s)-2,6-diamino-n-hexadecylhexanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN LWEXAPVESMZHFG-NRFANRHFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058015 1,3-butylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043375 1,5-pentanediol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AXTGDCSMTYGJND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecylazepan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN1CCCCCC1=O AXTGDCSMTYGJND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NZJXADCEESMBPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylsulfinyldecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCS(C)=O NZJXADCEESMBPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrole Natural products C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIIUUSVHCHPIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethyl-N-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]benzenesulfonamide Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 ZIIUUSVHCHPIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000536 2-Acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S(O)(=O)=O LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OBWBSSIUKXEALB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminoethanol;2-hydroxypropanamide Chemical compound NCCO.CC(O)C(N)=O OBWBSSIUKXEALB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPNXSZJPSVBLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-n-phenylpyridine-3-carboxamide Chemical compound ClC1=NC=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 MPNXSZJPSVBLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CLAHOZSYMRNIPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethylurea Chemical compound NC(=O)NCCO CLAHOZSYMRNIPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NYHNVHGFPZAZGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyhexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)C(O)=O NYHNVHGFPZAZGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006479 2-pyridyl methyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MIDXCONKKJTLDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethylcyclopentane-1,2-dione Chemical compound CC1CC(C)C(=O)C1=O MIDXCONKKJTLDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPFCZYUVICHKDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbutane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)CCO XPFCZYUVICHKDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOMKYJPSVWEWPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(chloromethyl)-2-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=NC(CCl)=CS1 MOMKYJPSVWEWPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBCAQXHNJOFNGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-1,1,1-trifluorobutane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)CCCBr DBCAQXHNJOFNGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJZRECIVHVDYJC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-hydroxybutyrate Chemical compound OCCCC([O-])=O SJZRECIVHVDYJC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WSSSPWUEQFSQQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-1-pentene Chemical compound CC(C)CC=C WSSSPWUEQFSQQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthine Chemical class O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010001488 Aggression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N Amphotericin-B Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=C[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000144730 Amygdalus persica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000021537 Beetroot Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DHHFDKNIEVKVKS-FMOSSLLZSA-N Betanin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC(C[C@H]2C([O-])=O)=C1[N+]2=C\C=C\1C=C(C(O)=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)C/1 DHHFDKNIEVKVKS-FMOSSLLZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHHFDKNIEVKVKS-MVUYWVKGSA-N Betanin Natural products O=C(O)[C@@H]1NC(C(=O)O)=C/C(=C\C=[N+]/2\[C@@H](C(=O)[O-])Cc3c\2cc(O)c(O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)c3)/C1 DHHFDKNIEVKVKS-MVUYWVKGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001474374 Blennius Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000002791 Brassica napus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004977 Brassica sinapistrum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000906 Bronze Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000195940 Bryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000005940 Centaurea cyanus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000004385 Centaurea cyanus Species 0.000 description 1
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 240000003538 Chamaemelum nobile Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007866 Chamaemelum nobile Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical class [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000015438 Cola nitida Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001634496 Cola nitida Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010919 Copernicia prunifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000180278 Copernicia prunifera Species 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021590 Copper(II) bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclobutane Chemical compound C1CCC1 PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000009261 D 400 Substances 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Lyxoflavin Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-erythro-ascorbic acid Natural products OCC1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNQZXJOMYWMBOU-VKHMYHEASA-N D-glyceraldehyde Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)C=O MNQZXJOMYWMBOU-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001840 Dandruff Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000000626 Daucus carota Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002767 Daucus carota Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004237 Decorin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000738 Decorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700022150 Designed Ankyrin Repeat Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010056340 Diabetic ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003109 Disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016942 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010014733 Endometrial cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010201 Exanthema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003972 Fibroblast growth factor 7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002148 Gellan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Glycolate Chemical compound OCC([O-])=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019487 Hazelnut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005057 Hexamethylene diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005206 Hibiscus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000007185 Hibiscus lunariifolius Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000284380 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001060261 Homo sapiens Fibroblast growth factor 7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001086862 Homo sapiens Pulmonary surfactant-associated protein B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000612671 Homo sapiens Pulmonary surfactant-associated protein C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018866 Hyaluronan Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010013214 Hyaluronan Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isobutene Chemical group CC(C)=C VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000758791 Juglandaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical group C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JHWNWJKBPDFINM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Laurolactam Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCCCCCCCN1 JHWNWJKBPDFINM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTAJIXDZFCRWBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Licoricesaponin B2 Natural products C1C(C2C(C3(CCC4(C)CCC(C)(CC4C3=CC2)C(O)=O)C)(C)CC2)(C)C2C(C)(C)CC1OC1OC(C(O)=O)C(O)C(O)C1OC1OC(C(O)=O)C(O)C(O)C1O VTAJIXDZFCRWBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000161 Locust bean gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000007232 Matricaria chamomilla Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000237852 Mollusca Species 0.000 description 1
- BQLNULRLHUAIFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(diazohydrazinylidene)nitramide Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)N=NN=[N+]=[N-] BQLNULRLHUAIFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N N-acetyl-beta-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYUGTPXLDJQBRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-myristoylglycine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCC(O)=O DYUGTPXLDJQBRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019482 Palm oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000002834 Paulownia tomentosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010678 Paulownia tomentosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CYTYCFOTNPOANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perchloroethylene Chemical group ClC(Cl)=C(Cl)Cl CYTYCFOTNPOANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000015439 Phospholipases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010064785 Phospholipases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical group OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000003447 Pistacia vera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000006711 Pistacia vera Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000222640 Polyporus Species 0.000 description 1
- DUFKCOQISQKSAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Polypropylene glycol (m w 1,200-3,000) Chemical compound CC(O)COC(C)CO DUFKCOQISQKSAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000009827 Prunus armeniaca Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000018633 Prunus armeniaca Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006040 Prunus persica var persica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102100032617 Pulmonary surfactant-associated protein B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040971 Pulmonary surfactant-associated protein C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001069 Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000012322 Raynaud phenomenon Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002305 Schizophyllan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000003434 Sesamum indicum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000040738 Sesamum orientale Species 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000005741 Steglich esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000000491 Tendinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023835 Tendon disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002240 Tennis Elbow Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terfenadine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(O)CCCN1CCC(C(O)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical compound C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Chemical group CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000007712 Tinea Versicolor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010056131 Tinea versicolour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XEFQLINVKFYRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triclosan Chemical compound OC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1Cl XEFQLINVKFYRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane triacrylate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004904 UV filter Substances 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical compound ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930003268 Vitamin C Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920004482 WACKER® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ZrO2 Inorganic materials O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJDOZRNNYVAULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L [O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[F-].[F-].[Mg++].[Mg++].[Mg++].[Al+3].[Si+4].[Si+4].[Si+4].[K+] Chemical compound [O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[F-].[F-].[Mg++].[Mg++].[Mg++].[Al+3].[Si+4].[Si+4].[Si+4].[K+] RJDOZRNNYVAULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011358 absorbing material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- DHFCLYNGVLPKPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetamide;2-aminoethanol Chemical compound CC(N)=O.NCCO DHFCLYNGVLPKPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003926 acrylamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006243 acrylic copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001279 adipic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004964 aerogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000016571 aggressive behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001447 alkali salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008051 alkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005263 alkylenediamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001280 alpha hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RGZSQWQPBWRIAQ-LSDHHAIUSA-N alpha-Bisabolol Natural products CC(C)=CCC[C@@](C)(O)[C@@H]1CCC(C)=CC1 RGZSQWQPBWRIAQ-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005603 alternating copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YAKZEVHORUHNLS-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminum;sodium;2-hydroxypropanoate;chloride;hydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[Na+].[Al+3].[Cl-].CC(O)C([O-])=O YAKZEVHORUHNLS-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N amphotericin B Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003942 amphotericin b Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003444 anaesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940031955 anhydrous lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010775 animal oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010208 anthocyanin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004410 anthocyanin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930002877 anthocyanin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004636 anthocyanins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000058 anti acne agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003255 anti-acne Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003712 anti-aging effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001430 anti-depressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001387 anti-histamine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003064 anti-oxidating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001166 anti-perspirative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124340 antiacne agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940027983 antiseptic and disinfectant quaternary ammonium compound Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001188 articular cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000305 astragalus gummifer gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021302 avocado oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008163 avocado oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHHXUPJJDHEMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-K azanium;manganese(3+);phosphonato phosphate Chemical compound [NH4+].[Mn+3].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O UHHXUPJJDHEMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azide group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L azure blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[S-]S[S-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- OGBUMNBNEWYMNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N batilol Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(O)CO OGBUMNBNEWYMNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012677 beetroot red Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001654 beetroot red Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001277 beta hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000002185 betanin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003012 bilayer membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012867 bioactive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032770 biofilm formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003592 biomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical group C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002981 blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012745 brilliant blue FCF Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010974 bronze Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067573 brown iron oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005587 bubbling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical class [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000011116 calcium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013736 caramel Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012730 carminic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019522 cellular metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- CETPSERCERDGAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ceric oxide Chemical compound O=[Ce]=O CETPSERCERDGAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000420 cerium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000422 cerium(IV) oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YMKDRGPMQRFJGP-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetylpyridinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 YMKDRGPMQRFJGP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001927 cetylpyridinium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- OIQPTROHQCGFEF-UHFFFAOYSA-L chembl1371409 Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC1=CC=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC2=C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 OIQPTROHQCGFEF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ONTQJDKFANPPKK-UHFFFAOYSA-L chembl3185981 Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].CC1=CC(C)=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1N=NC1=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1O ONTQJDKFANPPKK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 1
- QFSKIUZTIHBWFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Cr] QFSKIUZTIHBWFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000021124 collagen binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091011142 collagen binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- KUNSUQLRTQLHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper tin Chemical compound [Cu].[Sn] KUNSUQLRTQLHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000366 copper(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008278 cosmetic cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002316 cosmetic surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006037 cross link polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CHVJITGCYZJHLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohepta-1,3,5-triene Chemical compound C1C=CC=CC=C1 CHVJITGCYZJHLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960000684 cytarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007854 depigmenting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004427 diamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001142 dicarboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycerol Chemical compound OCC(O)COCC(O)CO GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940120503 dihydroxyacetone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl carbonate Chemical compound COC(=O)OC IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113120 dipropylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VPWFPZBFBFHIIL-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium 4-[(4-methyl-2-sulfophenyl)diazenyl]-3-oxidonaphthalene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C)=CC=C1N=NC1=C(O)C(C([O-])=O)=CC2=CC=CC=C12 VPWFPZBFBFHIIL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019301 disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NJDNXYGOVLYJHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2-(3-oxido-6-oxoxanthen-9-yl)benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=CC(=O)C=C2OC2=CC([O-])=CC=C21 NJDNXYGOVLYJHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N divinyl sulfone Chemical compound C=CS(=O)(=O)C=C AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000735 docosanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002549 elastin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002338 electrophoretic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000003914 endometrial carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005309 estradiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940052303 ethers for general anesthesia Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006228 ethylene acrylate copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- STVZJERGLQHEKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol dimethacrylate Substances CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOC(=O)C(C)=C STVZJERGLQHEKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005884 exanthem Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021045 exocrine pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000744 eyelid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000021588 free fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002333 glycines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010032384 glycyl-alanyl-histidyl-tryptophyl-glutaminyl-phenylalanyl-asparagyl-alanyl-leucyl-threonyl-valyl-arginine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LPLVUJXQOOQHMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyrrhetinic acid glycoside Natural products C1CC(C2C(C3(CCC4(C)CCC(C)(CC4C3=CC2=O)C(O)=O)C)(C)CC2)(C)C2C(C)(C)C1OC1OC(C(O)=O)C(O)C(O)C1OC1OC(C(O)=O)C(O)C(O)C1O LPLVUJXQOOQHMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001685 glycyrrhizic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004949 glycyrrhizic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UYRUBYNTXSDKQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyrrhizic acid Natural products CC1(C)C(CCC2(C)C1CCC3(C)C2C(=O)C=C4C5CC(C)(CCC5(C)CCC34C)C(=O)O)OC6OC(C(O)C(O)C6OC7OC(O)C(O)C(O)C7C(=O)O)C(=O)O UYRUBYNTXSDKQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019410 glycyrrhizin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LPLVUJXQOOQHMX-QWBHMCJMSA-N glycyrrhizinic acid Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C([C@H]2[C@]([C@@H]3[C@@]([C@@]4(CC[C@@]5(C)CC[C@@](C)(C[C@H]5C4=CC3=O)C(O)=O)C)(C)CC2)(C)CC1)(C)C)C(O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O LPLVUJXQOOQHMX-QWBHMCJMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008169 grapeseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020688 green tea extract Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940094952 green tea extract Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IVSXFFJGASXYCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical group O=C1NC(N)=NC2=NC=N[C]21 IVSXFFJGASXYCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010468 hazelnut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000014617 hemorrhoid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMQHOJDDMFGQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,1,1-triol Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)(O)O TZMQHOJDDMFGQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCN NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005597 hydrazone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000001261 hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003132 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031704 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002955 immunomodulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002584 immunomodulator Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002475 indoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011256 inorganic filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003475 inorganic filler Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N inositol Chemical group OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- MGIYRDNGCNKGJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazolinone Chemical compound O=C1C=CSN1 MGIYRDNGCNKGJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940119170 jojoba wax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008633 juniper tar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010029560 keratinocyte growth factor receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000001821 langerhans cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000944 linseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021388 linseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960001078 lithium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010420 locust bean gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000711 locust bean gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940091250 magnesium supplement Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DMRBHZWQMKSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium;tetradecanoate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O DMRBHZWQMKSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002752 melanocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009245 menopause Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000716 merkel cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GXHMMDRXHUIUMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.CS(O)(=O)=O GXHMMDRXHUIUMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011325 microbead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000000010 microbial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019426 modified starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960005181 morphine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011929 mousse Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000107 myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYTZHLUVELPASH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical group C1=CC=CC2=C(C(O)=O)C(C(=O)O)=CC=C21 KYTZHLUVELPASH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000414 obstructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HMZGPNHSPWNGEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C HMZGPNHSPWNGEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005580 one pot reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011146 organic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- BMMGVYCKOGBVEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoceriooxy)cerium Chemical compound [Ce]=O.O=[Ce]=O BMMGVYCKOGBVEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000020477 pH reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003346 palm kernel oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019865 palm kernel oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002540 palm oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003961 penetration enhancing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940059574 pentaerithrityl Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WCVRQHFDJLLWFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCC(O)CO WCVRQHFDJLLWFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQGPCEVQKLOLLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaneperoxoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)OO UQGPCEVQKLOLLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010451 perlite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019362 perlite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003209 petroleum derivative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CTYRPMDGLDAWRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 CTYRPMDGLDAWRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVKCHTBDSMQENH-UHFFFAOYSA-L phloxine B Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C([O-])=C(Br)C=C21 GVKCHTBDSMQENH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940067605 phosphatidylethanolamines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008106 phosphatidylserines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YHHSONZFOIEMCP-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphocholine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCOP(O)(O)=O YHHSONZFOIEMCP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052615 phyllosilicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019612 pigmentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010665 pine oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020233 pistachio Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010491 poppyseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBBJKCMMCRQZMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrithione Chemical class ON1C=CC=CC1=S YBBJKCMMCRQZMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002026 pyrithione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010037844 rash Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013074 reference sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019192 riboflavin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002151 riboflavin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002477 riboflavin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940100486 rice starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical class OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940043230 sarcosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700004121 sarkosyl Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003441 saturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004378 sebocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002374 sebum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008299 semisolid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003352 sequestering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009759 skin aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002884 skin cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037394 skin elasticity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010040872 skin infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000245 skin permeability Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019983 sodium metaphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ADWNFGORSPBALY-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-[dodecyl(methyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCN(C)CC([O-])=O ADWNFGORSPBALY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002294 steroidal antiinflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004003 subcutaneous fat Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BLZNGVJZYNLCNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanylcarbonylcarbamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)NC(S)=O BLZNGVJZYNLCNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002653 sulfanylmethyl group Chemical group [H]SC([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000020238 sunflower seed Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000475 sunscreen effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940065721 systemic for obstructive airway disease xanthines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010677 tea tree oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940111630 tea tree oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000013515 tendinosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BWMISRWJRUSYEX-SZKNIZGXSA-N terbinafine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC=C2C(CN(C\C=C\C#CC(C)(C)C)C)=CC=CC2=C1 BWMISRWJRUSYEX-SZKNIZGXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L terephthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=C(C([O-])=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950011008 tetrachloroethylene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 201000005060 thrombophlebitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N triformin Chemical compound O=COCC(OC=O)COC=O UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005457 triglyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FAGMGMRSURYROS-UHFFFAOYSA-M trihexadecyl(methyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC FAGMGMRSURYROS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940113165 trimethylolpropane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UJMBCXLDXJUMFB-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;5-oxo-1-(4-sulfonatophenyl)-4-[(4-sulfonatophenyl)diazenyl]-4h-pyrazole-3-carboxylate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=NN(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 UJMBCXLDXJUMFB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000001665 trituration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007039 two-step reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013799 ultramarine blue Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000021122 unsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004670 unsaturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001215 vagina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQFGRJWRSLZCSQ-ZSFNYQMMSA-N verteporfin Chemical compound C=1C([C@@]2([C@H](C(=O)OC)C(=CC=C22)C(=O)OC)C)=NC2=CC(C(=C2C=C)C)=NC2=CC(C(=C2CCC(O)=O)C)=NC2=CC2=NC=1C(C)=C2CCC(=O)OC ZQFGRJWRSLZCSQ-ZSFNYQMMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003895 verteporfin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000277 virosome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019155 vitamin A Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011719 vitamin A Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019154 vitamin C Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011718 vitamin C Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019166 vitamin D Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011710 vitamin D Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019165 vitamin E Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011709 vitamin E Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019168 vitamin K Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011712 vitamin K Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020234 walnut Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010497 wheat germ oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100445 wheat starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940098697 zinc laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043810 zinc pyrithione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940057977 zinc stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PICXIOQBANWBIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc;1-oxidopyridine-2-thione Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]N1C=CC=CC1=S.[O-]N1C=CC=CC1=S PICXIOQBANWBIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPYYEEJOMCKTPR-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc;dodecanoate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O GPYYEEJOMCKTPR-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/02—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K8/04—Dispersions; Emulsions
- A61K8/042—Gels
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/02—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K8/14—Liposomes; Vesicles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
- A61K8/55—Phosphorus compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/72—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K8/81—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
- A61K8/8141—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- A61K8/8152—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters, e.g. (meth)acrylic acid esters; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
- A61Q19/00—Preparations for care of the skin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K2800/00—Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
- A61K2800/10—General cosmetic use
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
- A61Q19/00—Preparations for care of the skin
- A61Q19/10—Washing or bathing preparations
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
- A61Q5/00—Preparations for care of the hair
- A61Q5/02—Preparations for cleaning the hair
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F130/00—Homopolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal
- C08F130/02—Homopolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing phosphorus
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2438/00—Living radical polymerisation
Definitions
- the present invention in some embodiments thereof, relates to cosmetics, and, more particularly, but not exclusively, to cosmetic compositions and products having incorporated therein liposomes formed of a lipid bilayer forming material and a polymeric material.
- the human skin which is the body’s largest organ, protects against germs, regulates body temperature and enables touch (tactile) sensations.
- Three layers of tissue make up the skin: Hypodermis - the bottom layer, Dermis - the middle layer, and the Epidermis - the top layer.
- the stratum comeum is the target skin layer for many cosmetic products.
- Ceramide is the main component of the stratum corneum of the epidermis layer of human skin. Together with cholesterol and saturated fatty acids, ceramide creates a water-impermeable, protective organ to prevent excessive water loss due to evaporation as well as a barrier against the entry of microorganisms.
- the stratum comeum is composed of 50% ceramides, 25% cholesterol, and 15% free fatty acids. These lipids form bilayers with a thickness of 4-5 nm.
- a particular group of ceramides contains a C36-side chain, which extends into the neighbouring bilayer, thereby “nailing” them together.
- Key components of the extracellular lipid lamellae of the stratum corneum are ultra-long chain (C28-C36) ceramides.
- the degree of hydration of the skin is directly related to its appearance (i.e. smoothness of texture) and is also considered as an indicator of its state of health.
- dry skin is more vulnerable to external aggressions.
- the skin water content is a key factor for skin permeability to topically applied substances, wherein increased hydration of the stratum comeum usually enhances percutaneous flux of the substance [Esposito et al. (2007) International Journal of Cosmetic Science, 29(1), pp.39-47].
- maintaining the water content of the skin barrier is essential for maintaining the functionality and aesthetic appearance of the skin.
- a tremendous activity of anabolism and catabolism of lipidic material is going on.
- the phospholipid percentage of the lipid composition decreases dramatically from the basal layer (about 50 %) to the stratum corneum ( ⁇ 5 %), and the fatty acid content in the stratum comeum significantly increases.
- stratum comeum is not a homogeneous matrix in itself; yet, it forms a very heterogeneous structure and contains besides comeocytes and multilamellar lipid layers a variety of other biologically active substances.
- a lipid is a biomolecule that is soluble in non-polar solvents.
- Non-polar solvents are typically hydrocarbons used to dissolve substances that are essentially water- immiscible, including fatty acids, waxes, sterols, fat-soluble vitamins (such as vitamins A, D, E, and K), mono glycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides, and phospholipids.
- Fatty acids and lipids have been used as components of various cosmetic products due to their biocompatibility and ability to protect and improve skin barriers and appearance.
- lipids have a high adhesiveness to the skin that leads to a film formation onto the skin and thus assists in the repair of defects in the natural skin barrier and reinforcement of thin natural lipid film. This re-creation of the skin barrier has an anti-pollution effect.
- lipids lead to occlusion created by the particle film on the skin which in turn increases the skin hydration and maintains proper living conditions for the basal keratinocytes cells that constitute most of the epidermis layer.
- the biodegradable phospholipids can be used as in formulations for suspensions, oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions and mixed micelles.
- Phospholipids are a class of lipids whose molecule has a hydrophilic "head” containing a phosphate group and two hydrophobic "tails” derived from fatty acids, joined by an alcohol residue (usually a glycerol molecule).
- a glycerol molecule usually a glycerol molecule.
- typical membrane phospholipids for instance in phosphatidylcholine (PC), the phosphate group is further esterified with additional alcohol, and in phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) with ethanolamine.
- PC and PE are zwitterionic and have a neutral charge at pH values of about 7, whereas other phospholipids can be negatively charged.
- phospholipids When mixed with an aqueous phase, phospholipids can form various structures, depending on the number and type of fatty acids esterified to the glycerol backbone and the ratio of the surface areas occupied by the hydrophilic and lipophilic part of the phospholipid molecule.
- Diacylphospholipids like PC and PE having a cylindrical shape are typically organized as lipid bilayers (liposomes) with the hydrophobic tails lined up against one another and the hydrophilic head group facing the water on both sides.
- the bilayer membrane of such a liposome resembles the basic structure of cellular membranes, rendering it both biocompatible and having a beneficial interaction with skin cells.
- Phospholipids have been used in cosmetics, typically as surface active agents (e.g., emulsifiers), and/or for enhancing skin penetration, and have also been used as bilayer lipid- forming materials.
- Phospholipid polymers have been used to modify the surface structure of cell membranes. Phospholipid polymers suppress adsorption of proteins, feature high biocompatibility, and can retain moisture retention on the surface of the skin, making them an appealing raw material in cosmetics.
- 2-Methacryloyloxyethyl phosphorylcholine is a biomimetic biocompatible material with a structure similar to the skin cell membrane, and has been used in various fields such as cosmetics and personal care products, contact lens, contact lens storage and cleaning solutions, medical devices, textiles, cell culture equipment, etc.
- Co-polymers including block co-polymers, made of MPC and hydrophobic methacrylate monomers that feature, for example, alkyl pendant groups (e.g., butyl or higher alkyls), have been described as improving moisture retention capability of the skin, and have been introduced to various cosmetic formulations.
- alkyl pendant groups e.g., butyl or higher alkyls
- WO 2017/109784 describes polymeric compounds comprising a lipid moiety and an ionic polymeric moiety, such as a pMPC (poly(O-(2- methacryloyloxyethyl)phosphorylcholine)) moiety, as well as bilayers and liposomes comprising such a polymeric compound in combination with a bilayer-forming lipid.
- the bilayers and/or liposomes comprising such polymeric compounds are described as being useful for reducing a friction coefficient of a surface and/or for inhibiting biofilm formation.
- a cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition comprising a liposome and a cosmetically acceptable carrier, wherein the liposome comprises: a) at least one bilayer-forming lipid; and b) a polymeric compound having the general formula I:
- n is an integer which is at least 2, at least 5, preferably at least 10 (e.g., of from 10 to 200);
- Y is a backbone unit which forms a polymeric backbone of the polymeric compound
- L is absent or is a linking moiety
- A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon
- B is an oxygen atom or is absent
- R1-R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclic, aryl and heteroaryl;
- X is a lipid moiety represented by Formula IV :
- Fi, F2, F3 and F4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, acyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, carboxy, thiocarboxy, wherein at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is not hydrogen and is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length;
- K is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length or absent;
- M is a linking group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, amino, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, carbamyl, thiocarbamyl, amido, carboxy, and sulfonamide, or absent; and
- At least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is an alkoxy, thioalkoxy, acyl or carboxy of at least 10 carbon atoms in length.
- At least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is derived from a fatty acid selected from the group consisting of lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
- M is carboxy
- K is an alkyl
- Q is a methylene substituted by at least one aryl.
- J is absent.
- J and K are each absent.
- J and K are each absent and M is carboxy.
- At least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently the thioalkoxy.
- At least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently the carboxy.
- At least one or both of Fi and F2 is the carboxy and at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl.
- Y is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene unit.
- Y is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene unit.
- Y has the formula - CR4R5-CR6D-, wherein: when Y is a backbone unit which is not attached to the L or the Z, D is R7; and when Y is a backbone unit which is attached to the L or the Z, D is a covalent bond or a linking group attaching Y to the L or the Z, the linking group being selected from the group consisting of -O-, - S-, alkylene, arylene, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C- amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, and amino; and
- R4-R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, cyano, nitro, azide, azo, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O- thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, and amino.
- R4-R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- R4 and R5 are each hydrogen.
- Re is hydrogen.
- L is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length.
- L is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group.
- B is an oxygen atom.
- A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length.
- A is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group.
- R1-R3 are each independently hydrogen or Ci-4-alkyl.
- R1-R3 are each methyl.
- n ranges from 10 to 200.
- n is at least 30.
- n ranges from 30 to 70, or from 30 to 60.
- n is at least 50, or at least 60.
- n ranges from 50 to 150, or from 60 to 150, or from 50 to 80, or from 60 to 80.
- n ranges from 60 to 80.
- n is at least 80, or ranges from 80 to 150, or from 80 to 120.
- m ranges from 0 to 50.
- At least a portion of the backbone units Y, the L and/or the Z comprise at least one targeting moiety, as described herein.
- a mol ratio of the bilayerforming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 5:1 to 5,000:1, or from 10:1 to 1,000:1, or 10:1 to 100:1 or from 10:1 to 50:1, or from 100:1 to 200:1.
- at least a portion of the liposomes comprises a plurality of liposomes as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof.
- a polydispersity index of the liposomes is lower than 1, or lower than 0.8, or lower than 0.6.
- a mean diameter of the liposomes is in a range of from 50 to 5,000 nm, or from 500 to 5,000 nm, or from 500 to 3500 nm, or from 200 to 2,000 nm, or from 200 to 1,000 nm, or from 400 to 1,000 nm, or from 400 to 800 nm.
- an amount of the bilayerforming lipid in the composition in a range of from 0.1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
- a weight ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 1:1 to 3,000:1, or from 1:1 to 1,000:1, or from 1:1 to 500:1, or from 1:1 to 300:1, or from 1:1 to 100:1, or from 1:1 to 50:1, or from 5:1 to 50:1, or from 5:1 to 30:1.
- the cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition is formulated for topical application.
- the carrier comprises an aqueous liquid.
- the liposome is, or the plurality of liposomes are, included in the aqueous liquid.
- the carrier forms a composition in a form of a cream, an ointment, a gel, a lotion, a soap, a shampoo, a water-in-oil emulsion, an oil-in-water emulation, a water-in-oil-in water emulation, an oil-in water-in oil emulsion.
- a total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 0.1 to 10, or from 0.1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
- the composition is in a form of a gel and a total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
- the composition is in a form of a cream or an emulsion and a total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 0.1 to 5, or from 0.1 to 1, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
- a skin care product comprising the cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof.
- compositions as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof or the skin care product as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof, for use in skin hydration are provided.
- a method of performing a cosmetic care in a subject in need thereof comprising applying to the skin of the subject an effective amount of the composition as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof or the skin care product as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof, thereby performing the cosmetic care.
- FIG. 1 presents a scheme showing an exemplary synthetic protocol for preparing an exemplary polymeric compound (lipid-polymer conjugate; LPC) according to some embodiments of the present invention.
- LPC lipid-polymer conjugate
- FIGs. 2A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-777 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 2A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 2B).
- FIG. 2C presents the TEWL of IM22-777 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
- FIGs. 3A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-778 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 3 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 3B).
- FIG. 3C presents the TEWL of IM22-778 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
- FIGs. 4A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-754 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 4A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 4B).
- FIG. 4C presents the TEWL of IM22-754 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
- FIGs. 5A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-744 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 5 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 5B).
- FIG. 6 presents graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-732 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736).
- FIGs. 7A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-782 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 7A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 7B).
- FIG. 7C presents the TEWL of IM22-782 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
- FIGs. 8A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-780 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 8 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 2B).
- FIG. 9A presents comparative plots showing the magnetization signal from different gels on porcine skin, normalized to compensate for the different signal-decaying processes shown. Fitted dotted and dashed lines correspond to the unbound- and embedded-water regimes. The vertical dashed lines represent the calculation for the expected completion time of evaporation.
- FIG. 9B presents a magnified portion of FIG. 9A, zooming mainly on the central embedded water regime shown in FIG. 9A, comprising 3 formulae, as shown by the dashed lines.
- the DMPC- LPC consistently has the smallest slope, meaning the lowest nominal shrinkage rate, indicating that it persists its embedded water molecules for the longest time.
- FIG. 10A presents comparative plots showing the magnetization signal from different gels on porcine skin (absolute values).
- FIG. 10B presents comparative plots showing the decay of echo signal along 1207t-pulses after the 7t/2 -pulse. Each point is an average of 100 such sequence iterations
- FIG. 11 presents comparative plots showing the accumulated and averaged mass loss after gel deposition as measured by the analytical balance. Blue circles - 5% Glycerine; red squares - DMPC; green triangles - DMPC-LPC.
- the present invention in some embodiments thereof, relates to cosmetics, and, more particularly, but not exclusively, to cosmetic compositions and products having incorporated therein liposomes formed of a lipid bilayer forming material and a polymeric material.
- liposomes comprising a lipid-derived polymeric compound, also referred to herein as “a polymeric compound” “a lipid-polymer conjugate” or abbreviated as “LPC”, and optionally a bilayer-forming lipid, in topical compositions or formulations, successfully increases skin hydration and also increases the duration of the hydration layer on the skin (see, the Examples section which follows).
- a polymeric compound also referred to herein as “a polymeric compound” “a lipid-polymer conjugate” or abbreviated as “LPC”
- LPC lipid-polymer conjugate
- bilayer-forming lipid optionally a bilayer-forming lipid
- the present inventors have conceived using these liposomes as an advantageous component of cosmetic compositions, formulations, or products, particularly in such compositions, formulations or products that advantageously utilize phospholipids, or phospholipid-containing polymeric materials, in addition to, or instead of, phospholipids or phospholipid-containing polymeric materials that are currently commonly included in cosmetic compositions, formulations or products. Consequently, specific embodiments of the present teachings suggest cosmetic formulations (e.g., for topical application) comprising these lipid-derived polymeric compounds and/or liposomes comprising same.
- the polymeric compounds are as described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097, filed August 30, 2022 and/or in a co-filed PCT International Patent Application having Attorney’s Docket No. 97558, which claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097.
- a cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition comprising a liposome as defined herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof and a cosmetically acceptable carrier.
- compositions and methods as used herein throughout, describes compositions that enhance the appearance or odor of the human body.
- the term “cosmetic” follows the definition regulatory authorities worldwide.
- the term “cosmetic” follows the definition of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), as being “intended to be applied to the human body for cleansing, beautifying, promoting attractiveness, or altering the appearance without affecting the body's structure or functions”.
- FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration
- composition describes a composition for topical administration as a cosmetic, which comprises a biologically active ingredient, that is, a compound that exhibits a biological activity such as, for example, anti-inflammatory, anti-bacterial and/or anti-oxidation activity.
- keratinous material or “keratinous substrate” or “keratinous tissue”, which are used interchangeably herein, means, in some embodiments of the present invention, a material, substrate or tissue that is enriched with keratin, including, for example, nails, hair and skin, and especially bodily areas like the face, cheeks, hands, body, legs, around the eyes, the eyelids and the lips.
- Skin means the outermost protective covering of mammals that is composed of cells such as keratinocytes, fibroblasts and melanocytes. Skin includes an outer epidermal layer and an underlying dermal layer. Skin may also include hair and nails as well as other types of cells commonly associated with skin, such as, for example, myocytes, Merkel cells, Langerhans cells, macrophages, stem cells, sebocytes, nerve cells and adipocytes.
- liposome refers to an artificially prepared vesicle comprising a bilayer composed of molecules of an amphiphilic lipid.
- the bilayer is typically configured such that hydrophilic moieties of the amphiphilic lipid are exposed to the medium at both surfaces of the bilayer, whereas lipophilic moieties of the lipid are located in the internal portion of the bilayer, and therefore less exposed to the medium.
- liposomes which may be used in any one of the embodiments described herein include, without limitation, small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles.
- the liposome comprises, inter alia, a polymeric compound.
- n is an integer which is at least 2, at least 5, preferably at least 10 (e.g., of from 10 to 200);
- Y is a backbone unit which forms a polymeric backbone of the polymeric compound;
- X is a lipid moiety as described herein in any of the respective embodiments;
- E is absent or is a linking moiety
- A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon
- B is an oxygen atom or is absent
- R1-R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclic, aryl and heteroaryl, as described in more detail herein below.
- X-[Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m- which is to be regarded as interchangeable with the schematic depiction hereinabove, wherein X is a lipid moiety conjugated to the -[Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m- polymeric moiety.
- polymeric refers to a compound having at least 2 repeating units (and more preferably at least 3 repeating units), the repeating units being identical or similar. It is to be appreciated that the compound of general Formula I is by definition polymeric when n is at least 2, as it comprises at least 2 of the backbone units represented by Y.
- polymeric moiety refers to the portion of the polymeric compound (according to any of the embodiments described herein relating to general Formula I) which has the general Formula la:
- polymeric compound further encompasses compounds having a "polymeric moiety" as described herein having at least one unit (e.g., according to Formula la wherein n is at least 1), provided that the lipid moiety described herein (e.g., the lipid moiety represented by X) has a similar unit.
- the lipid moiety comprises a phosphate group (e.g., the lipid moiety is a glycerophospholipid moiety)
- the two phosphate groups may be regarded as repeating units.
- n is at least 2, such that the polymeric moiety per se has at least two units. In some embodiments, n is at least 3.
- backbone unit refers to a repeating unit, wherein linkage of a plurality of the repeating unit (e.g., sequential linkage) forms a polymeric backbone.
- a plurality of linked repeating units per se is also referred to herein as a "polymeric backbone".
- a polymeric moiety as described herein can comprise a plurality of repeating backbone units which identical to one another, and thereby form a homopolymeric moiety, or, alternatively, can comprise two or more types of repeating backbone units, which can be linked to one another randomly or in a certain order (e.g., as two or more blocks, or in alternating order), and thereby form a copolymer moiety.
- L and Z together form a pendant group of at least a portion of the backbone units, which group is referred to herein for brevity simply as the "pendant group".
- Each backbone unit Y with a pendant group i.e., a unit represented by Y (-L-Z), the number of which is represented by the variable n
- each backbone unit Y without a pendant group the number of which is represented by the variable m
- a backbone unit may optionally be a unit of a polymerizable monomer or polymerizable moiety of a monomer.
- a wide variety of polymerizable monomers and moieties will be known to the skilled person, and the structure of the units of such monomers which result upon polymerization (e.g., monomeric units) will also be known to the skilled person.
- a "unit of a polymerizable monomer” refers to a modified form of a polymerizable monomer and/or a portion of a polymerizable monomer that remains after polymerization.
- a portion of a polymerizable monomer may be formed, for example, by a condensation reaction, e.g., wherein at least one atom or group (e.g., a hydrogen atom or hydroxyl group) in the monomer, and optionally at least two atoms or groups (e.g., a hydrogen atom and a hydroxyl group) in the monomer, is replaced with a covalent bond with another polymerizable monomer.
- a condensation reaction e.g., wherein at least one atom or group (e.g., a hydrogen atom or hydroxyl group) in the monomer, and optionally at least two atoms or groups (e.g., a hydrogen atom and a hydroxyl group) in the monomer, is replaced with a covalent bond with another polymerizable monomer.
- a modified form of a polymerizable monomer may be formed, for example, by ringopening (wherein a covalent bond between two atoms in a ring is broken, and each of the two atoms optionally becomes linked to another polymerizable monomer); and/or by adding to an unsaturated bond, wherein an unsaturated bond between two adjacent atoms is broken (e.g., conversion of an unsaturated double bond to a saturated bond, or conversion of an unsaturated triple bond to an unsaturated double bond) and the two atoms optionally each become linked to another polymerizable monomer.
- a modified form of a polymerizable monomer may consist essentially of the same atoms as the original monomer, for example, different merely in the rearrangement of covalent bonds, or alternatively, may have a different atomic composition, for example, wherein polymerization includes a condensation reaction (e.g., as described herein).
- backbone units include, without limitation, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbons (which may form a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon backbone), such as alkylene units; hydroxycarboxylic acid units (which may form a polyester backbone), e.g., glycolate, lactate, hydroxybutyrate, hydroxyvalerate, hydroxycaproate and hydroxybenzoate units; dicarboxylic acid units (which may form a polyester backbone in combination with a diol and/or a polyamide in combination with a diamine), e.g., adipate, succinate, terephthalate and naphthalene dicarboxylic acid units; diol units (which may form a polyether backbone, or form a polyester backbone in combination with a dicarboxylic acid), e.g., ethylene glycol, 1,2- propanediol, 1,3 -propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, and bis
- Y is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene unit.
- Y is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene unit, that is, an alkylene unit 2 atoms in length.
- vinyl monomers also referred to herein as "vinyl monomers”
- any embodiments described herein relating to a polymeric backbone formed by a polymerization encompass any polymeric backbone having a structure which can be formed by such polymerization, regardless of whether the polymeric backbone was formed in practice by such polymerization (or any other type of polymerization).
- the unsaturated bond of ethylene and substituted ethylene derivatives becomes saturated upon polymerization, such that the backbone units in a polymeric backbone formed by the polymerization are saturated, although they may be referred to as units of an unsaturated compound (e.g., a "vinyl monomer” or “olefin monomer”) to which they are analogous.
- an unsaturated compound e.g., a "vinyl monomer” or “olefin monomer”
- Polymers which can be formed from unsaturated monomers such as vinyl monomers and olefin monomers are also referred to by the terms "polyvinyl” and “polyolefin”, respectively.
- an "unsubstituted" alkylene unit refers to an alkylene unit which does not have any substituent other than the pendant group discussed herein (represented as (-L-Z)). That is, an alkylene unit attached to the aforementioned pendant group is considered unsubstituted if there are no substituents at any other positions on the alkylene unit.
- Y has the formula - CR4R5-CR6D-.
- D is R7 (an end group, as defined herein); and when Y is a backbone unit which is attached to L or Z, D is a covalent bond or a linking group attaching Y to L or Z.
- the linking group may optionally be -O-, -S-, arylene, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, or amino.
- R4-R7 are each independently hydrogen, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, cyano, nitro, azide, azo, phosphate phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, or amino.
- linking group describes a group (e.g., a substituent) that is attached to two or more moieties in the compound.
- end group describes a group (e.g., a substituent) that is attached to a single moiety in the compound via one atom thereof.
- R4-R6 When each of R4-R6 is hydrogen, and D is a covalent bond or linking group, Y is an unsubstituted ethylene group attached (via D) to a pendant group described herein.
- R4-R7 When each of R4-R7 is hydrogen (and D is R7), Y is an unsubstituted ethylene group which is not attached to a pendant group described herein. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, R4 and R5 are each hydrogen.
- Such embodiments include polymeric backbones formed from many widely used vinyl monomers (including ethylene), including, for example, olefins (e.g., ethylene, propylene, 1- butylene, isobutylene, 4-methyl-l -pentene), vinyl chloride, styrene, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylate and derivatives thereof (e.g., acrylate esters, acrylamides), and methacrylate and derivatives thereof (e.g., methacrylate esters, methacrylamides).
- olefins e.g., ethylene, propylene, 1- butylene, isobutylene, 4-methyl-l -pentene
- vinyl chloride e.g., ethylene, propylene, 1- butylene, isobutylene, 4-methyl-l -pentene
- vinyl chloride e.g., ethylene, propylene, 1- butylene, isobutylene, 4-methyl-l
- Re is hydrogen.
- R4 and R5 are each hydrogen.
- Re is methyl.
- R4 and R5 are each hydrogen.
- the backbone unit is a unit of methacrylate or a derivative thereof (e.g., methacrylate ester, methacrylamide).
- a vinyl alcohol derivative e.g., an ester or ether of a vinyl alcohol unit
- an acrylate or methacrylate derivative e.g., an ester of an acrylate or methacrylate unit
- a styrene derivative e.g., a substituted styrene unit
- L is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length.
- the hydrocarbon is unsubstituted.
- the hydrocarbon is a linear, unsubstituted hydrocarbon, that is, -(CH2 - wherein i is an integer from 1 to 10.
- L is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group. In some embodiments, L is an unsubstituted ethylene group (- CH2CH2-).
- B is an oxygen atom.
- L is a hydrocarbon according to any of the respective embodiments described herein (i.e., L is not absent), and Z is a phosphate group attached to L.
- B is absent.
- L is a hydrocarbon according to any of the respective embodiments described herein (i.e., L is not absent), and Z is a phosphonate group attached to L.
- L is also absent, such that the phosphorus atom of Formula II is attached directly to Y.
- A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length.
- A is an unsubstituted hydrocarbon.
- the unsubstituted hydrocarbon is from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length.
- the hydrocarbon is a linear, unsubstituted hydrocarbon, that is, -(CH2)j- wherein j is an integer from 1 to 4.
- A is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group.
- A is an unsubstituted ethylene group (-CH2CH2-).
- the moiety having general Formula II (represented by the variable Z) is similar or identical to a phosphoethanolamine or phosphocholine moiety.
- Phosphoethanolamine and phosphocholine moieties are present in many naturally occurring compounds (e.g., phosphatidylcholines, phosphatidylethanolamines).
- A is an ethylene group substituted by a C-carboxy group.
- the C-carboxy is attached to the carbon atom adjacent to the nitrogen atom depicted in Formula II (rather than the carbon atom attached to the depicted oxygen atom).
- the moiety having general Formula II (represented by the variable Z) is similar or identical to a phosphoserine moiety.
- Phosphoserine is present in many naturally occurring compounds (e.g., phosphatidylserines).
- moieties similar or identical to naturally occurring moieties such as phosphocholine, phosphoethanolamine and/or phosphoserine may be particularly biocompatible.
- R1-R3 (the substituents of the nitrogen atom depicted in general Formula II) are each independently hydrogen or C1-4- alkyl. In some embodiments, R1-R3 are each independently hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R1-R3 are each methyl. In some such embodiments, R1-R3 are each hydrogen.
- variable n may be regarded as representing a number of backbone units (represented by the variable Y) which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z), and the variable m may be regarded as representing a number of backbone units which are not substituted by such a pendant group.
- the sum n+m may be regarded as representing the total number of backbone units in the polymeric backbone.
- the ratio n/(n+m) may be regarded as representing the fraction of backbone units which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z).
- the percentage of backbone units (represented by the variable Y) which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) (as represented by the formula 100%*n/(n+m)) is at least 20 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 30 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 40 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 50 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 60 %.
- the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 70 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 80 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 90 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 95 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 98 %.
- m is 0, such that each of the backbone units (represented by the variable Y) is substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z).
- n is at least 5. In some embodiments, n is at least 10. In some embodiments, n is at least 15.
- n is in a range of from
- n is in a range of from 2 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 2 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 2 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 2 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is in a range of from
- n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 25, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is in a range of from 10 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 180, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 150, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween 0. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is at least 30.
- n is in a range of from 30 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 30 to 180, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 30 to 150, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 30 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween 0. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is in a range of from 30 to 70, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 35 to 65, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is at least 50, or at least 60, or at least 80.
- n is in a range of from 50 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 180, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 150, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 50 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is lower than 80, or lower than 70, or lower than 50, or lower than 30, or is in a range of from 10 to 50, or from 30 to 60, or from 30 to 80, or from 30 to 70, or from 50 to 80, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “short” or “S”.
- n is higher than 80, or is higher than 100, or is in a range of from 50 to 150, or from 50 to 120, or from 80 to 150, or from 80 to 120, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “long” or “L”.
- n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- m is in a range of from 0 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween, such that the total number of backbone units is in a range of from 2 to 2,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- m is in a range of from 0 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- m is in a range of from 0 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- m is in a range of from 0 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 500.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 50. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- m is in a range of from 0 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is in a range of from 0 to 20, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- m is in a range of from 0 to 10, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some of any of the embodiments described herein for m, n is in a range of from 30 to 70, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, or represents a short polymeric moiety, as described herein. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- n is in a range of from 80 to 120, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, or represents a long polymeric moiety, as described herein.
- the backbone unit Y which is substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) is the same as the backbone unit Y which is not substituted by the pendant group (e.g., when m is at least 1).
- at least a portion of the backbone units Y which are substituted by the pendant group are different than a portion of the backbone unit Y which is not substituted by the pendant group (e.g., when m is at least 1).
- the plurality (indicated by the variable n) of backbone units Y which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) are the same as each other. In alternative embodiments, at least a portion of the plurality of backbone units Y which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) are different from a second portion of the plurality of backbone units Y which are substituted by the pendant group.
- the plurality (indicated by the variable n) of pendant groups (-L-Z) attached to the plurality of backbone units Y are the same as each other. In alternative embodiments, at least a portion of the pendant groups (-L-Z) attached to the plurality of backbone units Y are different from each other (e.g., differ in the identity of any one or more of A, B, Ri, R2, R3 and L).
- the plurality (indicated by the variable m) of backbone units Y which are not substituted by the pendant group are the same as each other.
- m is larger than 1
- at least a portion of the backbone units Y which are not substituted by the pendant group described herein are different from at least a second portion of the plurality of backbone units Y which are not substituted by the pendant group.
- the number of types of backbone units substituted by the pendant group, the number of types of backbone units not substituted by the pendant group (if any such units are present), and/or the number of types of pendant group in the polymeric moiety may each independently be any number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more).
- the polymeric moiety is a copolymer moiety, that is, the polymeric moiety comprises at least two different types of monomeric unit.
- the different types of monomeric units differ in whether they comprise the pendant group (-L-Z) according to any of the respective embodiments described herein (e.g., when m is at least 1), and/or the different types of monomeric units differ in the type of backbone unit Y, and/or the different types of monomeric units differ in the type of pendant group (-L-Z).
- the backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units may optionally be the same or different, while the L and Z moieties are the same among the Y(-L-Z) units.
- backbone units not substituted by the pendant group may optionally be the same as backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units.
- backbone units not substituted by the pendant group may optionally be different than backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units (while optionally being the same among all backbone units not substituted by the pendant group).
- the L moiety in each of the Y(-L-Z) units may optionally be the same or different, while the backbone units Y and the Z moieties are the same among the Y(-L-Z) units.
- backbone units not substituted by the pendant group may optionally be the same as backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units.
- backbone units not substituted by the pendant group may optionally be different than backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units (while optionally being the same among all backbone units not substituted by the pendant group).
- the Z moiety in each of the Y(-L-Z) units may optionally be the same or different, while the backbone units Y and the Z moieties are the same among the Y(-L-Z) units.
- backbone units not substituted by the pendant group may optionally be the same as backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units.
- backbone units not substituted by the pendant group may optionally be different than backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units (while optionally being the same among all backbone units not substituted by the pendant group).
- any two or more different types of monomeric unit may be distributed randomly or non- randomly throughout the polymeric moiety.
- the copolymer may be one characterized by any non-random distribution, for example, an alternating copolymer, a periodic copolymer, and/or a block copolymer.
- the polymeric moiety which is attached at one of its termini to the lipid moiety X, can have various terminal groups at the other terminus (i.e., at the terminus near the backbone unit Y without a pendant group, wherein m is at least 1 ; or at the other terminus near the backbone unit Y with a pendant group, wherein m is zero).
- the terminal group can be an intrinsic terminal group, derived from the monomers used to form the polymeric compound and/or from the process used to polymerize the monomers, or can be otherwise conjugated to, or generated within, the terminus of the polymeric moiety.
- the terminal group can be hydrogen, halo, alkyl, hydroxy, carboxy and the like, or can be a targeting moiety, as described in further detail hereinafter. In some of any of the embodiments described herein, the terminal group is hydrogen or halo.
- the terminal group is derived from the initiator used to form the polymeric compound as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and exemplified in the Examples section that follows, and in some of these embodiments the terminal group is a halo (e.g., chloro or bromo).
- the terminal group is a functional group that is suitable for electron transfer radical polymerization, e.g., variable Ri in Formula V, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
- the polymeric compound when n is lower than 60, or lower than 50, or lower than 30, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “short” or “S”.
- the polymeric compound when n is lower than 80 but higher than 50 or higher than 60, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “medium”.
- the polymeric compound when n is higher than 80, or higher than 90, or higher than 100, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “long” or “L”.
- n is in a range of from 50 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is in a range of from 60 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
- n is in a range of from 80 to 120, or from 90 to 120, or from 100 to 120, or from 100 to 110, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- m is 0.
- n is in a range of from 80 to 120, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, or represents a long polymeric moiety, as described herein.
- the lipid moiety (represented by the variable X in Formula I herein) according to any of the embodiments in this section may be attached to a polymeric moiety according to any of the embodiments described in the section herein relating to the polymeric moiety.
- the lipid moiety may optionally be derived from any lipid known in the art (including, but not limited to, a naturally occurring lipid). Derivation of the lipid moiety from the lipid may optionally consist of substituting a hydrogen atom at any position of the lipid with the polymeric moiety represented in general Formula I by [Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m (i.e., the polymeric moiety represented by general Formula la).
- the lipid moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) is attached to a Y(-L-Z) unit (according to any of the embodiments described herein relating to Y, L and/or Z), that is, backbone unit substituted by the pendant group described herein (e.g., rather than a backbone unit not substituted by the pendant group).
- the lipid moiety may optionally be attached to a backbone unit (Y) which is not substituted by a pendant group described herein (e.g., rather than attached to a backbone unit substituted by the pendant group).
- the polymeric moiety may optionally be a copolymer wherein the identity of the backbone unit attached to the lipid moiety varies randomly between molecules.
- the lipid moiety is a moiety of a lipid which is a fatty acid, a monoglyceride, a diglyceride, a triglyceride, a glycerophospholipid, a sphingolipid, or a sterol.
- the lipid is a glyceropho spholipid .
- the lipid moiety comprises at least one fatty acid moiety (e.g., an acyl group derived from a fatty acid).
- the fatty acid moiety may be derived from a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid.
- the lipid moiety may consist of a fatty acid moiety, or be a monoglyceride moiety comprising one fatty acid moiety, a diglyceride moiety comprising two fatty acid moieties, or a triglyceride moiety comprising three fatty acid moieties.
- fatty acid moieties which may optionally be comprised by the lipid moiety include, without limitation, lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
- Suitable examples of glycerophospholipids include, without limitation, a phosphatidyl ethanolamine, a phosphatidyl serine, a phosphatidyl glycerol and a phosphatidyl inositol.
- the lipid moiety represented by the variable X has the general Formula I is represented by Formula IV :
- Fi, F2, F3 and F4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, acyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, carboxy, thiocarboxy, wherein at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is not hydrogen and is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length;
- K is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length or absent;
- M is a linking group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, amino, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, carbamyl, thiocarbamyl, amido, carboxy, and sulfonamide, or absent; and
- Q is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length, or absent, wherein when M is absent, Q is also absent.
- Q is attached to a backbone unit of the polymeric backbone according to any of the respective embodiments described herein, or alternatively, when Q is absent, M is attached to the aforementioned backbone unit.
- M is other than amido and/or Q comprises an aryl moiety.
- At least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is an alkoxy, thioalkoxy, acyl or carboxy, preferably of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the alkoxy, thioalkoxy, acyl and/or carboxy has an alkyl moiety that is derived from a fatty acid acyl, as described herein, and is, for example, lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
- Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a thioalkoxy.
- the thioalkoxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the alkyl is 15 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid.
- the thioalkoxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid.
- each of Fi and F2 is independently a thioalkoxy as described herein, and can be the same or different, preferably the same.
- F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
- At least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a carboxy.
- the carboxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the carboxy is 16 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid.
- the carboxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid.
- Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
- both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, which can be the same or different and is preferably the same.
- at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl, which can be the same or different.
- the alkyl is a short alkyl of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, for example, methyl.
- each of F3 and F4 is hydrogen.
- M is other than amido. According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, M is carboxy.
- M is carboxy and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a thioalkoxy.
- the thioalkoxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the alkyl is 15 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid.
- the thioalkoxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid.
- each of Fi and F2 is independently a thioalkoxy as described herein, and can be the same or different, preferably the same.
- F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
- M is carboxy and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a carboxy.
- the carboxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the carboxy is 16 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid.
- the carboxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid.
- Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
- both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, which can be the same or different and is preferably the same.
- at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl, which can be the same or different.
- the alkyl is a short alkyl of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, for example, methyl.
- each of F3 and F4 is hydrogen.
- J is absent.
- J is absent and M is other than amido.
- J is absent and M is carboxy.
- J is absent, and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a thioalkoxy.
- the thioalkoxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the alkyl is 15 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid.
- the thioalkoxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid.
- each of Fi and F2 is independently a thioalkoxy as described herein, and can be the same or different, preferably the same.
- F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
- J is absent, M is carboxy, and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a thioalkoxy.
- the thioalkoxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the alkyl is 15 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid.
- the thioalkoxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid.
- each of Fi and F2 is independently a thioalkoxy as described herein, and can be the same or different, preferably the same.
- F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
- J is absent, and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a carboxy.
- the carboxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the carboxy is 16 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid.
- the carboxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid.
- Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
- both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, which can be the same or different and is preferably the same.
- at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl, which can be the same or different.
- the alkyl is a short alkyl of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, for example, methyl.
- each of F3 and F4 is hydrogen.
- J is absent, M is carboxy, and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a carboxy.
- the carboxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
- the carboxy is 16 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid.
- the carboxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid.
- Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
- both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, which can be the same or different and is preferably the same.
- at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl, which can be the same or different.
- the alkyl is a short alkyl of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, for example, methyl.
- each of F3 and F4 is hydrogen.
- Q is -C(CH3)2-.
- Q is -C(CH3)2-.
- the length of the hydrocarbon represented by the variable K refers to the number of atoms separating J and M (i.e., along the shortest path between J and M) as depicted in Formula IV, in cases when J is not absent, or the number of atoms separating M and the lipid skeleton formed of Fi, F2, F3 and F4.
- M When K is a substituted hydrocarbon, M may be attached to a carbon atom of the hydrocarbon per se, or be attached to a substituent of the hydrocarbon.
- K is an all-carbon hydrocarbon.
- K is an unsubstituted hydrocarbon.
- K is an unsubstituted all-carbon hydrocarbon.
- K is an alkyl (an alkylene chain or linking group), preferably unsubstituted, and optionally being a short alkyl or alkylene of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4, or 1 to 2, carbon atoms in length.
- K is absent.
- J is absent, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, and K is absent.
- M is carboxy.
- Q is a hydrocarbon substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
- Q is a hydrocarbon which is an all-carbon hydrocarbon, and is some of these embodiments the hydrocarbon is alkyl (an alkylene linking group), preferably a short alkyl (or alkylene) of from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, carbon atoms in length, substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
- alkyl an alkylene linking group
- a short alkyl or alkylene of from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, carbon atoms in length, substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
- Q is a methylene substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
- the lipid moiety represented by the variable X has the general Formula III:
- Wi and W2 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or acyl, wherein at least one of Wi and W2 is not hydrogen;
- K is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length;
- M is a linking group which is -O-, -S-, amino, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, carbamyl, thiocarbamyl, amido, carboxy, or sulfonamide, or M is absent (such that K is attached directly to Q); and
- Q is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length, or Q is absent.
- Q is attached to a backbone unit of the polymeric backbone according to any of the respective embodiments described herein, or alternatively, when Q is absent, M is attached to the aforementioned backbone unit.
- one of Wi and W2 is hydrogen and the other is not hydrogen.
- neither W 1 nor W2 is hydrogen.
- at least one of Wi and W2 is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or acyl, which is from 10 to 30 carbon atoms in length. In some embodiments, each of Wi and W2 is from 10 to 30 carbon atoms in length.
- acyl groups which may optionally serve independently as Wi and/or W2 include, without limitation, lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
- the length of the hydrocarbon represented by the variable K refers to the number of atoms separating J and M (i.e., along the shortest path between J and M) as depicted in Formula III.
- M When K is a substituted hydrocarbon, M may be attached to a carbon atom of the hydrocarbon per se, or be attached to a substituent of the hydrocarbon.
- J is absent, such that K is attached directly to the depicted oxygen atom of a glycerol moiety.
- K is an ethanolamine moiety (e.g., -CH2-CH2-NH-, or -CH2-CH2- attached to a nitrogen atom), a serine moiety (e.g., -CH2-CH(CO2H)-NH-, or -CH2-CH(CO2H)- attached to a nitrogen atom), a glycerol moiety (e.g., -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-CH-O-) and an inositol moiety (e.g., -cyclohexyl(OH)4-O-).
- the nitrogen atom of the amido is attached to K.
- K is an ethanolamine or serine moiety described herein.
- Q is a substituted alkylene (e.g., of 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 or 1 to 2 carbon atoms in length, for example, a methylene group).
- M is amido or carboxy.
- Q is an alkylene group as described herein, and the methylene group substituted by one or two substituents, and at least one of these substituents is or comprises an aryl (e.g., phenyl).
- M is amido.
- Q is a methylene group substituted by two substituents, at least one being or comprising an aryl (e.g. phenyl), and the other can be, for example, an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or alkyl (e.g., of 1 to 6 or 1 to 4, carbon atoms in length).
- the methylene group is substituted by an alkyl groups (e.g., Ci-4-alkyl) and an aryl (e.g., phenyl).
- M is amido.
- M is carboxy.
- Q is a substituted alkylene (e.g., of 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 or 1 to 2 carbon atoms in length, for example, a methylene group).
- M is amido or carboxy.
- Q is an alkylene group as described herein, and the methylene group substituted by one or two substituents.
- the methylene group is substituted by one or two alkyl groups (e.g., Ci-4-alkyl).
- M is other than amido.
- M is carboxy.
- Q is a methylene group substituted by two substituents.
- the methylene group is substituted by two alkyl groups (e.g., Ci-4-alkyl).
- the alkyl groups are methyl, such that Q is dimethylmethylene (-C(CH3)2-).
- M is other than amido.
- M is carboxy.
- Q is an alkylene that is substituted by at least one aryl as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
- M is other than amido
- Q is as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
- M and Q are each absent, and K is terminated by a substituted or unsubstituted methylene group, according to any of the respective embodiments described herein with respect to Q, for example, a methylene group substituted by two substituents (e.g., dimethylmethylene (-C(CH3)2-)).
- K further comprises a carbonyl group according to any of the respective embodiments described herein.
- J, M and Q are each absent.
- Fi is as described herein for OWi.
- F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
- J is absent.
- M is other than amido.
- F2 is as described herein for OW2.
- F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
- J is absent.
- M is other than amido.
- Fi is as described herein for OWi and F2 is as described herein for OW2.
- F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
- J is absent.
- M is other than amido.
- the lipid moiety does not include a moiety of Formula III as described herein.
- the lipid moiety has a moiety of Formula III as described herein, provided that M is other than amido (e.g., M is carboxy) and/or that Q comprises an aryl substituent, as described herein.
- At least a portion of the monomeric units comprise a targeting moiety (according to any of the embodiments described herein relating to a targeting moiety).
- a “targeting moiety” refers to a moiety which is capable of bringing a compound (e.g., a compound according to some embodiments of the invention) into proximity with a selected substance and/or material (which is referred to herein as a "target").
- the target is optionally a cell (e.g., a proliferating cell associated with the proliferative disease or disorder), wherein the proximity is such that the targeting moiety facilitates attachment and/or internalization of the compound into a target cell, and such that the compound may exert a therapeutic effect.
- each of the monomeric units comprising a targeting moiety is a monomeric unit which comprises the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) (i.e., a backbone unit Y substituted by (-L-Z)), that is, none of the monomeric units comprising the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) comprise the aforementioned targeting moiety.
- each of the monomeric units which do not comprise the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) comprises a targeting moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
- each of the monomeric units comprising a targeting moiety is a monomeric unit which does not comprise the pendant group represented by (-L-Z), that is, none of the monomeric units comprising the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) comprise the aforementioned targeting moiety, and each of the monomeric units which does not comprise the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) comprises the aforementioned targeting moiety.
- a monomeric unit comprising a targeting moiety may consist essentially of a backbone unit Y (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) substituted by one or more targeting moieties (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
- the backbone unit Y of a monomeric unit comprising a targeting moiety may optionally be different (optionally considerably different) in structure than a backbone unit Y of other monomeric units in the polymeric moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
- the polymeric moiety comprises a monomeric unit which comprises a targeting moiety, and said monomeric unit is at a terminus of the polymeric moiety distal to the lipid moiety.
- the compound represented by general formula I has the Formula lb: wherein:
- T is a monomeric unit comprising a targeting moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein);
- X and T are attached to distal termini of the moiety represented by [Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m-l;
- X, Y, L, Z, n and m are defined in accordance with any of the embodiments described herein relating to Formula I, with the proviso that m is at least 1.
- T in Formula lb is a type of monomeric unit represented by Y (i.e., without the pendant group represented by (-L-Z)) in formulas I and la, and the number of monomeric units represented by Y (i.e., without the pendant group represented by (-L-Z)) other than T is represented by the value m-1, such that the total number of monomeric units without the pendant group represented by (-L-Z)), including T, is represented by the variable m, as in formulas I and la.
- m is 1, such that m-1 is zero, and the compound represented by Formula lb consequently has the formula: X-[Y(-L-Z)]n-T, wherein L, T, X, Y, Z and n are defined in accordance with any of the embodiments described herein.
- a monomeric unit comprising a targeting moiety according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally be prepared by preparing a monomer comprising a targeting moiety, and using said monomer to prepare a polymeric moiety described herein (e.g., by polymerization of monomers according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) and/or by modifying a monomeric unit in a polymeric moiety subsequently to preparation of a polymeric moiety (e.g., by polymerization of monomers according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), using any suitable technique known in the art, including, but not limited to, techniques for conjugation.
- the targeting moiety does not comprise a moiety having general formula II (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
- the phrase "targeting moiety”, in some embodiments, is to be understood as relating to a moiety distinct from a moiety represented by variable Z (having general formula II).
- the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) is selected so as not to form a bond with the target and/or so as not to include a structure and/or property of a targeting moiety as described herein in any one of the respective embodiments.
- a targeting moiety comprising a nucleophilic group for example, an amine group - is capable of forming a bond (e.g., covalent bond) with a target
- the variable Z is optionally selected such that the depicted amine/ammonium group is a tertiary amine/ammonium (i.e., no more than one of R1-R3 is hydrogen) or quaternary ammonium (i.e., none of R1-R3 is hydrogen), preferably a quaternary ammonium (e.g., comprising a trimethylamino group, such as in phosphocholine).
- Tertiary amine groups, and especially quaternary ammonium groups may be significantly less reactive nucleophilic groups than primary and secondary amine groups.
- the targeting moiety comprises (and optionally consists of) at least one functional group capable of forming a covalent bond or non-covalent bond (preferably a selective non-covalent bond) with a substance and/or material (which is referred to herein as a "target"), e.g., at a surface of the target (e.g., a surface of a cell and/or tissue).
- a substance and/or material which is referred to herein as a "target”
- the phrase “functional group” encompasses chemical groups and moieties of any size and any functionality described herein (for example, any functionality capable of forming a covalent bond or non-covalent bond with a target).
- a non-covalent bond according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally be effected by non-covalent interactions such as, without limitation, electrostatic attraction, hydrophobic bonds, hydrogen bonds, and aromatic interactions.
- the targeting moiety comprises a functional group capable of forming a non-covalent bond which is selective for the target, e.g., an affinity (e.g., as determined based on a dissociation constant) of the targeting moiety and/or functional group to the target is greater than an affinity of the of the targeting moiety and/or functional group to most (or all) other compounds capable of forming a non-covalent bond with the targeting moiety.
- an affinity e.g., as determined based on a dissociation constant
- the functional group(s) are capable of forming a covalent bond with one or more specific functional groups (e.g., hydroxy, amine, thiohydroxy and/or oxo groups) which are present on the target (e.g., a target according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
- specific functional groups e.g., hydroxy, amine, thiohydroxy and/or oxo groups
- Examples of functional groups (in a targeting moiety) capable of forming a covalent bond with a target (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) and the type of covalent bonds they are capable of forming include, without limitation: nucleophilic groups such as thiohydroxy, amine (e.g., primary or secondary amine) and hydroxy, which may form covalent bonds with, e.g., a nucleophilic leaving group (e.g., any nucleophilic group described herein), Michael acceptor (e.g., any Michael acceptor described herein), acyl halide, isocyanate and/or isothiocyanate (e.g., as described herein) in a target; nucleophilic leaving groups such as halo, azide (-N3), sulfate, phosphate, sulfonyl (e.g.
- nucleophilic leaving groups such as halo, azide (-N3), sulfate, phosphate, sulf
- A/- hydroxy succinimide (NHS) (e.g. NHS esters), sulfo-A ⁇ -hydroxysuccinimide, and anhydride, which may form covalent bonds with, e.g., a nucleophilic group (e.g., as described herein) in a target;
- NHS hydroxy succinimide
- anhydride which may form covalent bonds with, e.g., a nucleophilic group (e.g., as described herein) in a target;
- Modification of a monomer (e.g., prior to polymerization) or a monomeric unit of a polymeric moiety (e.g., subsequent to polymerization) to comprise any of the functional groups described herein may optionally be performed using any suitable technique for conjugation known in the art.
- suitable technique for conjugation known in the art.
- the skilled person will be readily capable of selecting a suitable technique for any given molecule to be modified.
- dihydroxyphenyl refers to an aryl group (as defined herein) which is a phenyl substituted by two hydroxyl groups at any positions thereof.
- the phenyl may optionally be substituted by additional substituents (which may optionally comprise additional hydroxyl groups), to thereby form a substituted dihydroxyphenyl group; or alternatively, the phenyl comprises no substituents other than the two hydroxyl groups, such that the dihydroxyphenyl group is an unsubstituted dihydroxyphenyl group.
- the dihydroxyphenyl group is an ortho-dihydroxyphenyl (wherein the hydroxyl groups are attached to the phenyl at adjacent positions) or a para-dihydroxyphenyl (wherein the hydroxyl groups are attached to opposite sides of the phenyl ring), each being a substituted or unsubstituted dihydroxyphenyl.
- the ortho-dihydroxyphenyl or para- dihydroxyphenyl is an unsubstituted dihydroxyphenyl.
- a dihydroxyphenyl group according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally bond covalently and/or non-covalently to a target according to any one or more attachment mechanism described for dihydroxyphenyl (catechol) groups in Lee et al. [PNAS 2006, 103:12999-13003], Brodie et al. [Biomedical Materials 2011, 6:015014] and/or International Patent Application PCT/IL2015/050606, the contents of each of which are incorporated in their entirety, and especially contents regarding bonds formed by dihydroxyphenyl (catechol) groups to surfaces.
- the functional group capable of forming a bond to a target is a functional group capable of forming a covalent bond with an amine group, optionally a primary amine group.
- the target comprises on or more amino acids or amino acid residues, for example, a peptide or polypeptide of any length (e.g., at least two amino acid residues, for example, proteins), and the amine groups may optionally be lysine side chain amine groups and/or N-terminal amine groups.
- the target comprises an extracellular matrix protein, for example, collagen.
- the target comprises cartilage (e.g., articular cartilage).
- the targeting moiety comprises (and optionally consists of) at least one functional group capable of forming a non-covalent bond with the target (e.g., as described herein in any one of the respective embodiments).
- a functional group capable of forming a non-covalent bond with the target comprises (and optionally consists of) a polysaccharide and/or polypeptide (e.g., a protein and/or fragment thereof), wherein the target optionally comprises a ligand of the polysaccharide and/or polypeptide; and/or the target comprises a polysaccharide and/or polypeptide (e.g., a protein and/or fragment thereof) and the functional group capable of forming a non-covalent bond with the target is a ligand of the polysaccharide and/or polypeptide.
- suitable polysaccharides and/or polypeptides, and ligands thereof include, without limitation: avidin or streptavidin as a polypeptide described herein, and biotin as a ligand thereof; a polysaccharide-binding polypeptide as a polypeptide described therein, and a complementary polysaccharide as a ligand thereof (or a complementary polysaccharide-binding polypeptide as a ligand of a polysaccharide described herein); a collagen-binding polypeptide as a polypeptide described therein, and a complementary collagen as a ligand thereof (or a collagen as a polypeptide described herein and a complementary collagen-binding polypeptide as a ligand thereof); a cell receptor expressed by a cell, and a ligand selectively bound by the receptor; an antibody towards any antigen (e.g., wherein the target described herein optionally comprises the antigen) or a fragment of such an antibody as a polypeptide
- cell receptors expressed by a cell include, without limitation, receptors characteristic of a particular type of cell and/or tissue, and receptors overexpressed by a cancer cell.
- the cell receptor or the cell is optionally a target described herein, and the targeting moiety optionally comprises any ligand of the receptor.
- ligands include, without limitation, transferrin, a ligand of transferrin receptor which may optionally target transferrin receptor overexpressed by some cancer cells; keratinocyte growth factor (KGF or FGF7) which is specific for cells of epithelial origin, and may optionally target KGF receptor such as that overexpressed by an endometrial carcinoma or pancreatic carcinoma [Visco et al., Int J Oncol 1999, 15:431-435; Siegfried et al., Cancer 1997, 79:1166-1171]; and epidermal growth factor (EGF) which may optionally target an EGF receptor, optionally an erbB, such as that overexpressed by gliomas and endometrial carcinomas [Normanno et al., CurrDrug Targets 2005, 6:243-257]).
- transferrin a ligand of transferrin receptor which may optionally target transferrin receptor overexpressed by some cancer cells
- KGF or FGF7 keratinocyte growth factor
- antibody mimetic encompasses any type of molecule, optionally a polypeptide, referred as such in the art capable of selectively binding an antigen (e.g., non-covalently).
- Non-limiting examples of antibody mimetics include affibodies, affilins, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, anticalins, avimers, DARPins, Fynomers, Kunitz domain peptides, and monobodies, e.g., as described in Nygren [FEES J 2008, 275:2668-2676], Ebersbach et al. [J Mol Biol 2007, 372:172-185], Johnson et al.
- polysaccharide-binding polypeptide encompasses any polypeptide or oligopeptide (peptide chains of at least 2, and preferably at least 4 amino acid residues in length) capable of selectively binding (e.g., non-covalently) to a polysaccharide.
- polysaccharide-binding polypeptides and their binding specificities will be known to the skilled person, and include short peptide sequences (e.g., from 4 to 50, optionally 4 to 20 amino acid residues in length), and longer polypeptides such as proteins or fragments (e.g., carbohydrate-binding modules and/or domains) thereof.
- polysaccharide- binding polypeptide encompasses antibodies capable of specifically binding to a polysaccharide. Such antibodies will be available to the skilled person and/or the skilled person will know how to prepare such antibodies, using immunological techniques known in the art.
- polysaccharide-binding polypeptides which may be used in some of any one of the embodiments of the invention include, without limitation, carbohydrate-binding modules (CBMs); and hyaluronic acid-binding peptides, polypeptides and/or modules (e.g., having a sequence as described in any of International Patent Application publication WO 2013/110056; International Patent Application publication WO 2014/071132; Barta et al. [Biochem J 1993, 292:947-949], Kohda et al. [Cell 1996, 86:767-775], Brisset & Perkins [FEBS Lett 1996, 388:211- 216], Peach et al.
- CBMs carbohydrate-binding modules
- hyaluronic acid-binding peptides, polypeptides and/or modules e.g., having a sequence as described in any of International Patent Application publication WO 2013/110056; International Patent Application publication WO 2014/071132;
- CBMs which may be used in some of any one of the embodiments of the invention, include, without limitation, CBMs belonging to the families CBM3, CBM4, CBM9, CBM10, CBM17 and/or CBM28 (which may optionally be used to bind cellulose, e.g., in a cellulose-containing target); CBM5, CBM12, CBM14, CBM18, CBM19 and/or CBM33 (which may optionally be used to bind chitin and/or other polysaccharides comprising N- acetylglucosamine, e.g., in a chitin-containing target); CBM15 (which may optionally be used to bind hemicellulose, e.g., in a hemicellulose-containing target); and/or CBM20, CBM21 and/or CBM48 (which may optionally be used to bind starch and/or glycogen, e.g., in a starch-containing and/or glycogen-containing target).
- collagen-binding polypeptide encompasses any polypeptide or oligopeptide (peptide chains of at least 2, and preferably at least 4 amino acid residues in length) capable of selectively binding (e.g., non-covalently) to a collagen (e.g., one type of collagen, some types of collagen, all types of collagen), including glycosylated polypeptides and oligopeptides such as peptidoglycans and proteoglycans.
- collagen-binding polypeptides and their binding specificities will be known to the skilled person, and include short peptide sequences (e.g., from 4 to 50, optionally 4 to 20 amino acid residues in length), and longer polypeptides such as proteins or fragments (e.g., collagen-binding domains) thereof.
- collagen-binding polypeptide encompasses antibodies capable of specifically binding to a collagen. Such antibodies will be available to the skilled person and/or the skilled person will know how to prepare such antibodies, using immunological techniques known in the art.
- collagen-binding polypeptides which may be used in embodiments of the invention include, without limitation, collagen-binding proteins (e.g., decorin), fragments thereof and/or other polypeptides as described in U.S. Patent No. 8,440,618, Abd-Elgaliel & Tung [Biopolymers 2013, 100:167-173], Paderi et al. [Tissue Eng Part A 2009, 15:2991-2999], Rothenfluh et al. [NatMater 2008, 7:248-254] and Helms et al. [J Am Chem Soc 2009, 131:11683- 11685] (the contents of each of which are incorporated in their entirety, and especially contents regarding particular collagen-binding polypeptides), for example, the sequence WYRGRL.
- collagen-binding proteins e.g., decorin
- a functional group in a targeting moiety is attached to a linking group (as defined herein).
- the linking group may optionally be any linking group or linking moiety described herein, including, without limitation, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon.
- the targeting moiety (optionally a substituent of a backbone unit Y) consists essentially of a functional group attached to the rest of the polymeric moiety via the linking group.
- a functional group may optionally be attached to the linking moiety by a covalent bond obtainable by a reaction between two functional groups, for example, any covalent bond and/or functional groups described herein in the context of forming a covalent bond between a functional group and a target.
- an amino acid residue of the peptide or polypeptide is optionally attached to a linking group of the targeting moiety, for example, via an amide bond formed from an amine or carboxylate group in the peptide or polypeptide (e.g., in an N-terminus, a lysine side chain, a C-terminus, a glutamate side chain and/or an aspartate side chain), an ester bond formed from a hydroxyl or carboxylate group in the peptide or polypeptide (e.g., in a serine side chain, a threonine side chain, a C-terminus, a glutamate side chain and/or an aspartate side chain), and/or a disulfide bond formed from a thiohydroxy group in the peptide or polypeptide (e.g., in a cysteine side chain).
- an amide bond formed from an amine or carboxylate group in the peptide or polypeptide e.g., in an N-terminus
- an amino acid residue attached to the linking group is an N-terminal and/or C-terminal residue, for example, any amino acid residue attached via an N-terminal amino group or C-terminal carboxylate group, and/or a terminal lysine, glutamate, aspartate, serine, threonine and/or cysteine residue attached via a side chain thereof.
- an amino acid residue and/or peptide (e.g., from 2 to 20 amino acid residues in length) is added to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of a peptide or polypeptide sequence of a functional group (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), and links the aforementioned sequence to a linking group.
- terminal amino acid residues and/or peptides include, without limitation, glycine residues and peptides with a terminal glycine residue, which may be used to attach a linking group to an N-terminus or C-terminus (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein); serine and threonine residues and peptides with a terminal serine or threonine residue, which may be used to attach a linking group to hydroxyl group in a serine or threonine side chain, optionally via an ester bond (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein); and cysteine residues and peptides with a terminal cysteine residue, which may be used to attach a linking group to a peptide via a disulfide bond (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
- attachment of a peptide or polypeptide to a linking group via a terminal amino acid residue minimizes interference (e.g., steric interference) with the functionality of the peptide or polypeptide following attachment to the linking group.
- attachment of a peptide or polypeptide to a linking group via a terminal glycine facilitates attachment by minimizing interference (e.g., steric interference) of an amino acid side chain (which glycine lacks) with attachment to the linking group.
- interference e.g., steric interference
- the polymeric compounds are as described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097, by the present assignee, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
- the liposome comprises, inter alia, at least one bilayer-forming lipid.
- bilayer-forming lipid encompasses any compound in which a bilayer may form from a pure aqueous solution of the compound, the bilayer comprising two parallel layers of molecules of the compound (referred to as a “lipid”).
- the bilayer (e.g., in a liposome according to some of any of the embodiments described herein) comprises relatively polar moieties of the lipid at the two surfaces of the bilayer, which may optionally comprise an interface with the aqueous solution and/or an interface with a solid surface; and relatively hydrophobic moieties of the lipid at the interior of the bilayer, at an interface between the two layers of lipid molecules which form the bilayer.
- bilayer- forming lipids examples include glycerophospholipids.
- Suitable examples of glycerophospholipids include, without limitation, a phosphatidyl ethanolamine, a phosphatidyl serine, a phosphatidyl glycerol and a phosphatidyl inositol.
- the polymeric compound comprised by a liposome may optionally be a bilayer-forming lipid which can form a bilayer per se or in combination with one or more additional bilayer-forming lipids.
- the bilayer-forming lipid comprises at least one charged group (e.g., one or more negatively charged groups and/or one or more positively charged groups).
- the bilayer-forming lipid is zwitterionic; comprising both (e.g., an equal number of) negatively charged and positively charged groups (e.g., one of each).
- a mol ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid (comprised in addition to the polymeric compound) and the polymeric compound (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) in the liposome is in a range of from 5:1 to 5,000:1 (bilayer- forming lipid: polymeric compound), optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 2,500:1, optionally in a range of from 25:1 to 1,000:1, and optionally in a range of from 50:1 to 500:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- a mol ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid (comprised in addition to the polymeric compound) and the polymeric compound in the bilayer is in a range of from 10:1 to 1,000:1 (bilayer- forming lipid: polymeric compound), optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 500:1, optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 200:1, and optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 150:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- a mol ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid (comprised in addition to the polymeric compound) and the polymeric compound in the bilayer is in a range of from 10:1 to 100:1 (bilayer-forming lipid: polymeric compound), optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 50:1, optionally in a range of from 20:1 to 40:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- a mol ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid (comprised in addition to the polymeric compound) and the polymeric compound in the bilayer is in a range of from 10:1 to 1,000:1 (bilayer- forming lipid: polymeric compound), optionally in a range of from 100:1 to 1,00:1, optionally in a range of from 101:1 to 500:1, and optionally in a range of from 100:1 to 200:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- mol ratio and “molar ratio” are used interchangeably, and describe the ratio between the mol % of the indicated components in the lipid bilayer or liposome.
- the bilayer according to embodiments described herein may optionally be closed upon itself (e.g., such that the bilayer has no edges), thereby forming an inner volume separated by the bilayer from the surrounding environment, which is referred to herein and in the art as a "liposome".
- the bilayer may be open-faced and/or with edges.
- liposome refers to an artificially prepared vesicle comprising a bilayer composed of molecules of an amphiphilic lipid.
- the bilayer is typically configured such that hydrophilic moieties of the amphiphilic lipid are exposed to the medium at both surfaces of the bilayer, whereas lipophilic moieties of the lipid are located in the internal portion of the bilayer, and therefore less exposed to the medium.
- liposomes which may be used in any one of the embodiments described herein include, without limitation, small unilamellar vesicles (SUV), large unilamellar vesicles (LUV) and large multilamellar vesicles (MLV).
- the liposome comprises, inter alia, at least one bilayer-forming lipid.
- the polymeric compound comprised by a liposome may optionally be a bilayer-forming lipid which can form a bilayer per se or in combination with one or more additional bilayer-forming lipids.
- a liposome may optionally comprise a single bilayer (e.g., a unilamellar vesicle) or a plurality of bilayers (e.g., a multilamellar vesicle) - wherein each bilayer optionally independently forms a closed vesicle - comprising, for example, concentric bilayer vesicles and/or a plurality of separate bilayer vesicles encompassed by the same bilayer vesicle.
- a single bilayer e.g., a unilamellar vesicle
- a plurality of bilayers e.g., a multilamellar vesicle
- unilamellar refers to liposomes characterized by a single lipid bilayer
- multilamellar refers to liposomes characterized by a multiple lipid bilayers, for example, concentric bilayers.
- small unilamellar vesicle refers to unilamellar liposomes of less than 100 nm in diameter
- large unilamellar vesicle refers to unilamellar liposomes at least 100 nm in diameter
- the liposomes comprise multilamellar vesicles. In some embodiments, the liposomes are primarily (more than 50 weight percent) multilamellar vesicles.
- the liposomes are primarily (more than 50 weight percent) large multilamellar vesicles, at least 100 nm in diameter (MLV).
- a liposome according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may be approximately spherical in shape or may have any alternative shape, such as an elongated tube and/or a flattened (e.g., sheet-like) shape.
- a weight ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 2:1 to 1,000:1, or from 2:1 to 500:1, or from 2:1 to 100:1, or from 2:1 to 50:1 or from 2:1 to 20:1.
- a mean diameter of liposomes ranges from about 50 nm to about 5,000 nm, or from about 500 nm to about 5,000 nm, or from about 500 nm to about 4,000 nm, or from about 500 nm to about 3500 nm, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- a mean diameter of liposomes ranges from about 100 nm to about 2000 nm, or from about 100 nm to about 1000 nm, or from 200 nm to 2,000 nm, or from 200 nm to 1,000 nm, from about 500 nm to about 1000 nm, or from 400 to about 800 nm, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- the mean diameter according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally be an arithmetic mean (a ratio of a sum of values to the number of values) or a Z-av erage as this term is defined in the art of dynamic light scattering (in brief, an intensity-weighted harmonic mean).
- the mean diameter is a Z-average diameter determined by dynamic light scattering.
- the polydispersity index (PDI) and/or mean diameter of liposomes in a composition may optionally be determined by dynamic light scattering using a two-parameter fit to the data (e.g., according to ISO 13321 and ISO 22412 standards) for determining PDI and Z-average diameter (e.g., using a commercially available instrument).
- a PDI of the liposomes is lower than 1 or lower than 0.8, for example, in a range of from 0.3 to 1, or from 0.3 to 0.8, or from 0.3 to 0.6, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- a zeta potential of the liposomes is at least -3 mV (i.e., -3 mV or a more negative value), optionally at least -3.5 mV, and optionally at least -4 mV.
- a zeta potential of the liposomes is in a range of from 10 mV to -10 mV (e.g., from 5 mV to -5 mV), optionally in a range of from 0 to -10 mV (e.g., from 0 to -5 mV, or from -3 mV to -5 mV).
- Zeta potential may optionally be determined using any suitable technique known in the art (e.g., using a commercially available instrument), for example, electrophoretic light scattering.
- the zeta potential of liposomes may be determined by diluting the liposomes in an aqueous salt (e.g., NaCl) solution with a predetermined salt concentration (e.g., 10 pM).
- the liposome further comprises at least one functional moiety or agent bound to a surface of the liposome and/or within a lipid bilayer and/or core of the liposome (e.g., within the liposome bilayer and/or enveloped by the liposome bilayer).
- Examples of functional moieties and agents suitable for inclusion in embodiments described herein include, without limitation, a therapeutically active agent or moiety of a therapeutically active agent (e.g., wherein the active agent is releasable upon cleavage of the moiety), a labeling moiety or agent, and/or a targeting moiety or targeting agent (e.g., a targeting moiety or agent on a surface of the liposome).
- a therapeutically active agent or moiety of a therapeutically active agent e.g., wherein the active agent is releasable upon cleavage of the moiety
- a labeling moiety or agent e.g., wherein the active agent is releasable upon cleavage of the moiety
- a targeting moiety or targeting agent e.g., a targeting moiety or agent on a surface of the liposome.
- therapeutically active agents suitable for inclusion in a liposome include, without limitation, amphotericin B, cisplatin, cytarabine, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, estradiol, influenza virosome, morphine, surfactant protein B, surfactant protein C, verteporfin and vincristine.
- the liposomes comprise a therapeutically active agent, which is optionally incorporated in a liposome and/or on a surface of the liposome.
- the therapeutically active agent is a therapeutically active agent described in International Patent Application publication WO 2018/150429, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the liposomes are devoid of a therapeutically active agent.
- the phrase “therapeutically active agent” refers to any agent (e.g., compounds) having a therapeutic effect, provided that the compound is not a bilayer- forming lipid or polymeric compound comprised by the liposome (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), as well as to any portion of an agent (e.g., a moiety of a compound) which generates an agent having a therapeutic effect upon release (e.g., upon cleavage of one or more covalent bonds), including a portion of a bilayer-forming lipid or polymeric compound.
- an agent e.g., a moiety of a compound
- bilayer-forming lipid and polymeric compound per se are excluded from the definition of a therapeutically active agent, but a bilayer-forming lipid and/or polymeric compound may optionally comprise generate a therapeutically active agent upon release, in which case the portion of the bilayer-forming lipid and/or polymeric compound which generates the therapeutically active agent is also considered to be a therapeutically active agent as defined herein.
- a therapeutically active agent When associated with a liposome, a therapeutically active agent may optionally be attached by a covalent or non-covalent (e.g., electrostatic and/or hydrophobic) bond to a liposome (e.g., to an exterior surface and/or interior surface of a liposome membrane), incorporated within a liposome membrane (e.g., a lipophilic agent which stably partitions to a lipid phase of the liposome), and/or enveloped within a core of a liposome (e.g., a hydrophilic agent in an aqueous compartment of the liposome).
- a covalent or non-covalent e.g., electrostatic and/or hydrophobic
- the therapeutically active agent may optionally be a moiety covalently attached to a liposome (e.g., attached to a lipid so as to form a lipid-derivative comprising the moiety). Such attachment may be obtained in some embodiments by using techniques known in the art (e.g., amide bond formation).
- the composition comprises comprising a plurality of liposomes, and at least a portion of the liposomes comprises a plurality of liposomes as defined herein.
- the composition comprises an additional portion of liposomes other than the liposomes described herein (e.g., not including a polymeric compound as described herein).
- Examples of a labeling moiety or agent include moieties and compounds which are chromophoric (e.g., absorb visible light), fluorescent, phosphorescent, and/or radioactive. Many such compounds and moieties (and techniques for preparing such moieties) will be known to a skilled person.
- a targeting moiety in a liposome according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally be a targeting moiety according to any of the respective embodiments described herein.
- a targeting moiety in a liposome may be comprised by a polymeric compound according to some embodiments of the invention (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), the liposome comprising the polymeric compound.
- a targeting moiety in a liposome may optionally be comprised by another compound in the liposome, optionally a bilayer-forming lipid (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) conjugated to a targeting moiety according to any of the respective embodiments described herein.
- a “targeting agent” refers to a compound (“agent”) comprising (and optionally consisting essentially of) a targeting moiety according to any of the respective embodiments described herein (e.g., in the context of a targeting moiety comprised by a polymeric compound described herein).
- the phrase “targeting agent” is used to refer to a compound other than a polymeric compound comprising a targeting moiety, as described herein.
- a functional moiety e.g., targeting moiety or labeling moiety
- a liposome is covalently attached to a liposome. Such attachment may be obtained in some embodiments by using techniques known in the art (e.g., amide bond formation).
- composition and uses are Composition and uses:
- liposomes disclosed herein being part of a cosmetic composition may be regarded as an active ingredient (e.g. moisturizer, skin protectant), modulator of skin penetration and/or a carrier of other formulation components.
- a cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (also referred to herein interchangeably as formulation) according to the present embodiments can be used as a cosmetic or cosmeceutical product (e.g., skin-care product) per se or be used to make up such a product.
- the cosmetic or cosmeceutical formulation is formulated in a form suitable for topical application on the applied area (e.g., a keratinous tissue, for example, facial skin).
- compositions of the present embodiments may be formulated into any form typically employed for topical application.
- appropriate carrier for topical application it is meant any medium compatible with a keratinous substrate or a mucosal tissue, which has a color, a smell and a pleasant feel and which does not generate unacceptable discomfort (stinging, tautness or redness).
- the formulation further comprises a cosmetically or cosmeceutically acceptable carrier.
- the term “cosmetically or cosmeceutically acceptable carrier” refers to a carrier or a diluent that does not cause significant irritation to a keratinous material or tissue of an organism and does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the applied compound or combinations of compounds (e.g., a liposome as described herein).
- carriers include propylene glycol, water, saline, emulsions and mixtures of organic solvents with water, as well as solid (e.g., powdered) and gaseous carriers.
- the carrier is typically aimed at facilitating the topical application of the composition to the keratinous tissue or substrate. It is to be noted that the carrier is selected in accordance with the intended use and the form of the formulation or the product containing same and is not limited to the above description.
- the carrier comprises an aqueous liquid, e.g., water or an aqueous solution.
- the liposome is included in the aqueous liquid and the liposome-containing aqueous liquid in incorporated in the composition.
- the cosmetic or cosmeceutical formulations as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof can be packaged in a packaging material and identified in print, in or on the packaging material, for use in the treatment of a medical or cosmetic condition, as described in further detail hereinbelow.
- the package can be adopted for topical application of the formulation, in accordance with its consistency.
- liquid formulations including emulsions and oils
- a container having means to topically apply the formulation for example, a nozzle, a dropper, a pipette, or in a narrow-necked and/or squeezable bottle.
- Formulations in a form of a spray or aerosol can be packaged in a container equipped with a spraying nozzle and/or mechanism. Ointments, gels, oils and creams can be packaged in a simple container, or in a. squeezable container. According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided an article-of-manufacturing, which comprises any of the formulations and/or products as described herein, and optionally means for topically applying the formulations (e.g., as described herein).
- Topical application means to apply or spread the formulation, composition or product of the present embodiments onto the surface of the keratinous tissue.
- a formulation as described is in a form of a cream, an ointment, a paste, a gel, a lotion, a milk, a suspension, a solution, an aerosol, a spray, a foam, a serum, or a mousse.
- the formulation can be water-based, or emulsion-based (including water-in-oil, oil-in- water, water-in-oil-in-water and oil-in-water-in-oil emulsions) or silicon-based.
- Ointments are semisolid preparations, typically based on petrolatum or petroleum derivatives.
- the specific ointment base to be used is one that provides for optimum delivery for the active agent chosen for a given formulation, and, preferably, provides for other desired characteristics as well (e.g., emolliency).
- an ointment base should be inert, stable, nonirritating and nonsensitizing.
- ointment bases may be grouped in four classes: oleaginous bases; emulsifiable bases; emulsion bases; and water-soluble bases.
- Oleaginous ointment bases include, for example, vegetable oils, fats obtained from animals, and semisolid hydrocarbons obtained from petroleum.
- Emulsifiable ointment bases also known as absorbent ointment bases, contain little or no water and include, for example, hydroxystearin sulfate, anhydrous lanolin and hydrophilic petrolatum.
- Emulsion ointment bases are either water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, and include, for example, cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin and stearic acid.
- Preferred water-soluble ointment bases are prepared from polyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight.
- Lotions are preparations that are to be applied to the skin surface without friction. Lotions are typically liquid or semiliquid preparations in which solid particles, including the sunscreens- containing capsules, are present in a water or alcohol base. Lotions are typically preferred for covering/protecting large body areas, due to the ease of applying a more fluid composition. Lotions are typically suspensions of solids, and oftentimes comprise a liquid oily emulsion of the oil-in-water type. It is generally necessary that the insoluble matter in a lotion be finely divided. Lotions typically contain suspending agents to produce better dispersions as well as compounds useful for localizing and holding the active agent in contact with the skin, such as methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, and the like.
- Creams are viscous liquids or semisolid emulsions, either oil-in-water or water-in-oil.
- Cream bases are typically water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and an aqueous phase.
- the oil phase also called the "internal” phase, is generally comprised of petrolatum and/or a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol and/or natural oil substances and/or plant extracts.
- the aqueous phase typically, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant.
- the emulsifier in a cream formulation is generally a nonionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant. Reference may be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra, for further information.
- Pastes are semisolid dosage forms in which the bioactive agent is suspended in a suitable base. Depending on the nature of the base, pastes are divided between fatty pastes or those made from a single-phase aqueous gels.
- the base in a fatty paste is generally petrolatum, hydrophilic petrolatum and the like.
- the pastes made from single-phase aqueous gels generally incorporate carboxymethylcellulose or the like as a base. Additional reference may be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, for further information.
- Gel formulations are semisolid, suspension-type systems.
- Single-phase gels contain organic macromolecules distributed substantially uniformly throughout the carrier liquid, which is typically aqueous, but also, preferably, contain an alcohol and, optionally, an oil.
- Preferred organic macromolecules, i.e., gelling agents are crosslinked acrylic acid polymers such as the family of carbomer polymers, e.g., carboxypolyalkylenes that may be obtained commercially under the trademark CarbopolTM.
- hydrophilic polymers such as polyethylene oxides, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers and polyvinylalcohol
- cellulosic polymers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methyl cellulose
- gums such as tragacanth and xanthan gum
- sodium alginate and gelatin.
- dispersing agents such as alcohol or glycerin can be added, or the gelling agent can be dispersed by trituration, mechanical mixing or stirring, or combinations thereof.
- Sprays generally provide the active agent in an aqueous and/or alcoholic solution which can be misted onto the skin for delivery.
- Such sprays include those formulated to provide for concentration of the active agent solution at the site of administration following delivery, e.g., the spray solution can be primarily composed of alcohol or other like volatile liquid in which the active agent can be dissolved.
- the carrier evaporates, leaving concentrated active agent at the site of administration.
- Foam compositions are typically formulated in a single or multiple phase liquid form and housed in a suitable container, optionally together with a propellant which facilitates the expulsion of the composition from the container, thus transforming it into a foam upon application.
- Other foam forming techniques include, for example the “Bag-in-a-can” formulation technique.
- Compositions thus formulated typically contain a low-boiling hydrocarbon, e.g., isopropane. Application and agitation of such a composition at the body temperature cause the isopropane to vaporize and generate the foam, in a manner similar to a pressurized aerosol foaming system.
- Foams can be water-based or hydroalcoholic, but are typically formulated with high alcohol content which, upon application to the skin of a user, quickly evaporates, driving the active ingredient through the upper skin layers to the site of treatment.
- the composition may comprise an aqueous phase.
- the aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention comprises water and optionally a water-soluble solvent.
- water-soluble solvent denotes a compound that is liquid at room temperature and water-miscible (miscibility with water of greater than 50% by weight at 25 °C and atmospheric pressure).
- the water-soluble solvents that may be used in the composition of the invention may also be volatile.
- the aqueous phase (water and optionally the water-miscible solvent) may be present in the composition in a content ranging from 20% to 95%, better still from 30% to 80% by weight by weight relative to the total weight of the said composition.
- the aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one C2-C32 polyol.
- polyol should be understood as meaning any organic molecule comprising at least two free hydroxyl groups.
- a polyol in accordance with the present invention is present in liquid form at room temperature.
- a polyol that is suitable for use in the invention may be a compound of linear, branched or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated alkyl type, bearing on the alkyl chain at least two -OH functions, in particular at least three -OH functions and more particularly at least four -OH functions.
- the polyols advantageously suitable for the formulation of a composition according to the present invention are those exhibiting in particular from 2 to 32 carbon atoms and preferably from 3 to 16 carbon atoms.
- the polyol may be chosen, for example, from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, butylene glycol, isoprene glycol, pentylene glycol, hexylene glycol, glycerol, polyglycerols such as glycerol oligomers, for instance diglycerol, and polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof.
- the said polyol is chosen from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, glycerol, polyglycerols and polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof.
- the composition of the invention may comprise at least propylene glycol.
- composition of the invention may comprise at least glycerol.
- a water suitable for the invention can be a floral water such as cornflower water and / or a mineral water such as water from Vittel, water from Lucas or water from La Roche Posay, and / or thermal water.
- the composition comprises alcohol.
- the composition contains at least one mono-alcohol comprising from 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- the composition contains from 0,5% to 10%, and preferably from 1 to 5 by weight relative to the total weight of at least one mono-alcohol comprising from 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- compositions of the invention comprise at least one mono-alcohol having from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, especially from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
- compositions of the invention may include one or more mono-alcohol (s).
- the monoalcohol may be represented for example by formula RaOH, wherein Ra is an alkyl group, linear or branched, comprising 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a monohydric alcohol examples include ethanol, isopropanol, propanol or butanol.
- compositions of the invention include ethanol.
- additives and/or agents include humectants, antioxidants, solvents, odor absorbers, perfumes, deodorants, antiperspirants, sunscreen agents (e.g., UV blocking agents, UV filters), sunless tanning agents, hair conditioning agents, pH adjusting agents, chelating agents, preservatives, emulsifiers, occlusive agents, emollients, thickeners, solubilizing agents, penetration enhancers, anti-irritants, colorants or coloring agents (pigments, nacres, water-soluble dyestuffs), propellants, surfactants, dispersants, fillers and bactericides.
- sunscreen agents e.g., UV blocking agents, UV filters
- humectants include, without limitation, guanidine, glycolic acid and glycolate salts (e.g. ammonium slat and quaternary alkyl ammonium salt), aloe vera in any of its variety of forms (e.g., aloe vera gel), allantoin, urazole, polyhydroxy alcohols such as sorbitol, glycerol, hexanetriol, propyleneglycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol and the like, polyethylene glycols, sugars and starches, sugar and starch derivatives (e.g., alkoxylated glucose), hyaluronic acid, lactamide monoethanolamine, acetamide monoethanolamine and any combination thereof.
- glycolic acid and glycolate salts e.g. ammonium slat and quaternary alkyl ammonium salt
- aloe vera in any of its variety of forms
- allantoin e.g., aloe
- Suitable pH adjusting agents include, for example, one or more of adipic acids, glycines, citric acids, calcium hydroxides, magnesium aluminometasilicates, buffers or any combinations thereof.
- deodorant agents include, without limitation, quaternary ammonium compounds such as cetyl-trimethylammonium bromide, cetyl pyridinium chloride, benzethonium chloride, diisobutyl phenoxy ethoxy ethyl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride, sodium N-lauryl sarcosine, sodium N-palmithyl sarcosine, lauroyl sarcosine, N-myristoyl glycine, potassium N-lauryl sarcosine, stearyl, trimethyl ammonium chloride, sodium aluminum chlorohydroxy lactate, tricetylmethyl ammonium chloride, 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxy diphenyl ether, diaminoalkyl amides such as L-lysine hexadecyl amide, heavy metal salts of citrate, salicylate, and piroctose, especially zinc salts, and
- deodorant agents include, without limitation, odor absorbing materials such as carbonate and bicarbonate salts, e.g. as the alkali metal carbonates and bicarbonates, ammonium and tetraalkylammonium carbonates and bicarbonates, especially the sodium and potassium salts, or any combination of the above.
- odor absorbing materials such as carbonate and bicarbonate salts, e.g. as the alkali metal carbonates and bicarbonates, ammonium and tetraalkylammonium carbonates and bicarbonates, especially the sodium and potassium salts, or any combination of the above.
- Antiperspirant agents can be incorporated in the compositions of the present invention either in a solubilized or a particulate form and include, for example, aluminum or zirconium astringent salts or complexes.
- sunless tanning agents include, without limitation, dihydroxyacetone, glyceraldehyde, indoles and their derivatives.
- the sunless tanning agents can be used in combination with the sunscreen agents.
- the chelating agents are optionally added to formulations so as to enhance the preservative or preservative system.
- Preferred chelating agents are mild agents, such as, for example, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), EDTA derivatives, or any combination thereof.
- Suitable preservatives include, without limitation, one or more alkanols, disodium EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetate), EDTA salts, EDTA fatty acid conjugates, isothiazolinone, parabens such as methylparaben and propylparaben, propyleneglycols, sorbates, urea derivatives such as diazolindinyl urea, or any combinations thereof.
- Suitable emulsifiers include, for example, one or more sorbitans, alkoxylated fatty alcohols, alkylpolyglycosides, soaps, alkyl sulfates, monoalkyl and dialkyl phosphates, alkyl sulphonates, acyl isothionates, or any combinations thereof.
- Suitable occlusive agents include, for example, petrolatum, mineral oil, beeswax, silicone oil, lanolin and oil- soluble lanolin derivatives, saturated and unsaturated fatty alcohols such as behenyl alcohol, hydrocarbons such as squalane, and various animal and vegetable oils such as almond oil, peanut oil, wheat germ oil, linseed oil, jojoba oil, oil of apricot pits, walnuts, palm nuts, pistachio nuts, sesame seeds, rapeseed, cade oil, corn oil, peach pit oil, poppyseed oil, pine oil, castor oil, soybean oil, avocado oil, safflower oil, coconut oil, hazelnut oil, olive oil, grape seed oil and sunflower seed oil.
- saturated and unsaturated fatty alcohols such as behenyl alcohol
- hydrocarbons such as squalane
- various animal and vegetable oils such as almond oil, peanut oil, wheat germ oil, linseed oil, jojoba oil, oil of
- Suitable emollients include, for example, dodecane, squalane, cholesterol, isohexadecane, isononyl isononanoate, PPG Ethers, petrolatum, lanolin, safflower oil, castor oil, coconut oil, cottonseed oil, palm kernel oil, palm oil, peanut oil, soybean oil, polyol carboxylic acid esters, derivatives thereof and mixtures thereof.
- the composition contains at least one particulate or non-particulate, water-soluble or water-insoluble coloring agent.
- the coloring agent is in a proportion of at least 0.01% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
- water-soluble coloring agent means any natural or synthetic, generally organic compound, which is soluble in an aqueous phase or in water- miscible solvents, and which is capable of imparting colour.
- water-soluble dyes may be made especially of synthetic or natural water-soluble dyes, for instance FDC Red 4, DC Red 6, DC Red 22, DC Red 28, DC Red 30, DC Red 33, DC Orange 4, DC Yellow 5, DC Yellow 6, DC Yellow 8, FDC Green 3, DC Green 5, FDC Blue 1, betanin (beetroot), carmine, copper chlorophylline, methylene blue, anthocyanins (enocianin, black carrot, hibiscus and elder), caramel and riboflavin.
- the coloring agent may be pigments, nacres and/or particles with metallic tints.
- pigments should be understood as meaning white or coloured, mineral or organic particles that are insoluble in an aqueous solution, which are intended to color and/or opacity the composition containing them.
- the pigments may be white or colored, and mineral and/or organic.
- Mineral pigments that may be used with specific embodiments of the invention may be made of titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, zirconium dioxide, cerium oxide or cerium dioxide and also zinc oxide, iron oxide or chromium oxide, ferric blue, manganese violet, ultramarine blue and chromium hydrate, and mixtures thereof.
- a pigment is sold, for example, under the reference Coverleaf NS or JS by the company Chemicals and Catalysts, and has a contrast ratio in the region of 30.
- They may also be pigments having a structure that may be, for example, of silica microsphere type containing iron oxide.
- An example of a pigment having this structure is the product sold by the company Miyoshi under the reference PC Ball PC-LL-100 P, this pigment being constituted of silica microspheres containing yellow iron oxide.
- nacres should be understood as meaning iridescent or non-iridescent colored particles of any shape, especially produced by certain molluscs in their shell or alternatively synthesized, which have a color effect via optical interference.
- the nacres may be chosen from nacreous pigments such as titanium mica coated with an iron oxide, titanium mica coated with bismuth oxychloride, titanium mica coated with chromium oxide, titanium mica coated with an organic dye and also nacreous pigments based on bismuth oxychloride. They may also be mica particles at the surface of which are superposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides and/or of organic dyestuffs.
- nacres examples include natural mica coated with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, with natural pigment or with bismuth oxychloride.
- nacres available on the market mention may be made of the nacres Timica, Flamenco and Duochrome (based on mica) sold by the company Engelhard, the Timiron nacres sold by the company Merck, the Prestige mica-based nacres sold by the company Eckart, and the Sunshine synthetic mica-based nacres sold by the company Sun Chemical.
- the nacres may more particularly have a yellow, pink, red, bronze, orangey, brown, gold and/or coppery color or tint.
- the composition contain at least one filler.
- fillers should be understood as meaning colorless or white solid particles of any form, which are in an insoluble and dispersed form in the medium of the composition.
- fillers of mineral or organic, natural or synthetic nature, give the composition containing them softness and give the makeup result a matt effect and uniformity.
- the fillers according to specific embodiments of the present invention may be in lamellar form (or platelet), spherical (or globular), fiber or any other intermediate form between these defined forms.
- Non-limiting examples of organic spherical fillers include for example polyamide powders and especially Nylon® powders such as Nylon- 12 or Polyamide 12, sold under the names ORGASOL by Arkema; polyethylene powders; polytetrafluoroethylene powders (Teflon *); microspheres based on acrylic copolymers, such as copolymer of ethylene glycol dimethacrylate / lauryl methacrylate copolymer sold by Dow Corning under the name Polytrap; expanded powders such as hollow microspheres and especially the microspheres sold under the name Expancel by Kemanord Plast or under the name Micropearl F 80 ED by Matsumoto; silicone resin microbeads such as those sold under the name Tospearl by Toshiba Silicone ; polymethyl methacrylate microspheres, sold under the name Microsphere M-100 by Matsumoto or under the name Covabead LH85 by Wacker; ethylene acrylate copolymer powders, such as those sold under
- Non-limiting examples of lamellar fillers that may be used with specific embodiments of the invention include phyllosilicates, such as talcs, micas, perlite and mixtures thereof.
- the composition comprises e a dispersant.
- Such a dispersant may be, for example, a surfactant, an oligomer, a polymer or a mixture of several thereof.
- composition of the invention Depending on the fluidity of the composition that it is desired to obtain, it is possible to incorporate one or more thickeners or gelling agents into a composition of the invention.
- a thickener or gelling agent that is suitable for use in the invention may be hydrophilic, i.e. soluble or dispersible in water.
- Hydrophilic gelling or thickening agents that may be mentioned in particular include water-soluble or water-dispersible thickening polymers.
- Suitable thickeners include, for example, non-ionic water-soluble polymers such as hydroxyethylcellulose (commercially available under the Trademark Natrosol® 250 or 350), cationic water-soluble polymers such as Polyquat 37 (commercially available under the Trademark Synthalen® CN), fatty alcohols, fatty acids and their alkali salts and mixtures thereof.
- non-ionic water-soluble polymers such as hydroxyethylcellulose (commercially available under the Trademark Natrosol® 250 or 350), cationic water-soluble polymers such as Polyquat 37 (commercially available under the Trademark Synthalen® CN), fatty alcohols, fatty acids and their alkali salts and mixtures thereof.
- thickeners may be chosen especially from: modified or unmodified carboxyvinyl polymers, such as the products sold under the name Carbopol (CTFA name: Carbomer) by the company Goodrich; polyacrylates and polymethacrylates such as the products sold under the names Lubrajel and Norgel by the company Guardian or under the name Hispagel by the company Hispano Chimica; polyacrylamides; optionally crosslinked and/or neutralized 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid polymers and copolymers, for instance the poly(2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid) sold by the company Clariant under the name Hostacerin AMPS® (CTFA name: ammonium polyacryldimethyltauramide); crosslinked anionic copolymers of acrylamide and of AMPS, which are in the form of a W/O emulsion, such as those sold under the name Sepigel 305 (CTFA name: : Polyacrylamide/C13-14
- solubilizing agents that are usable in this context of the present invention include, without limitation, complex-forming solubilizers such as citric acid, ethylenediamine-tetraacetate, sodium meta-phosphate, succinic acid, urea, cyclodextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, diethylammonium-ortho-benzoate, and micelle-forming solubilizers such as TWEENS and spans, e.g., TWEEN 80.
- complex-forming solubilizers such as citric acid, ethylenediamine-tetraacetate, sodium meta-phosphate, succinic acid, urea, cyclodextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, diethylammonium-ortho-benzoate
- micelle-forming solubilizers such as TWEENS and spans, e.g., TWEEN 80.
- solubilizers that are usable for the compositions of the present invention are, for example, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene n-alkyl ethers, n-alkyl amine n-oxides, poloxamers, organic solvents, phospholipids and cyclodextrines.
- Suitable penetration enhancers include, but are not limited to, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethyl formamide (DMF), allantoin, urazole, N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), decylmethylsulfoxide (Cio MSO), polyethylene glycol monolaurate (PEGML), propyleneglycol (PG), propyleneglycol monolaurate (PGML), glycerol monolaurate (GML), lecithin, the 1- substituted azacycloheptan-2-ones, particularly l-n-dodecylcyclazacycloheptan-2-one (available under the trademark Azone® from Whitby Research Incorporated, Richmond, Va.), alcohols, and the like.
- the permeation enhancer may also be a vegetable oil. Such oils include, for example, safflower oil, cottonseed oil and com oil.
- Suitable anti-irritants include, for example, steroidal and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents or other materials such as aloe vera, chamomile, alpha-bisabolol, cola nitida extract, green tea extract, tea tree oil, licoric extract, allantoin, caffeine or other xanthines, glycyrrhizic acid and its derivatives.
- Exemplary additional active agents include, without limitation, one or more, or any combination of an anti-acne agent, an anti-aging agent, a wrinkle-reducing agent, a skin whitening agent, a sebum reducing agent, an anesthetic agent, an antipruriginous agent, an antineoplastic agent, an immunomodulator, an interferon, an antidepressant, an anti-histamine, a vitamin (e.g. A, C, E, B3, B5, K and their derivatives, in particular their esters), hyaluronic acid, a mineral (e.g., a dead sea mineral), a hormone and an anti-dandruff agent.
- an anti-acne agent e.g. A, C, E, B3, B5, K and their derivatives, in particular their esters
- a vitamin e.g. A, C, E, B3, B5, K and their derivatives, in particular their esters
- hyaluronic acid e.g., a mineral (e
- Exemplary additional active agents include, without limitation, one or more, or any combination of a vitamin, a mineral (e.g., a dead sea mineral), a ceramide, hyaluronic acid, a protein (e.g., collagen, elastin), a hydroxy acid (e.g., alpha or beta hydroxyacid), a peptide, an amino acid, a sunscreen agent, a herb or plant extract, a fungus, a herb (e.g., a medicinal herb, a seaweed, an alga), urea and its hydroxylated derivatives, such as the N-(2-hydroxyethyl)urea, salicylic acid, sequestering agents (e.g. EDTA) and more.
- a vitamin e.g., a dead sea mineral
- a ceramide e.g., hyaluronic acid
- a protein e.g., collagen, elastin
- a hydroxy acid e.g.
- the cosmetic composition comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of glycerin, cetearyl alcohol, cetearyl glucoside, caprylic, capric triglyceride, isononyl isononanoate, Simmondsia Chinensis (jojoba) seed oil, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter, Cocos Nucifera (coconut) oil, sodium polyacrylate, phenoxyethanol, caprylic glycol, tocopheryl acetate and perfume.
- glycerin cetearyl alcohol, cetearyl glucoside, caprylic, capric triglyceride, isononyl isononanoate, Simmondsia Chinensis (jojoba) seed oil, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter, Cocos Nucifera (coconut) oil, sodium polyacrylate, phenoxyethanol, caprylic glycol, tocopheryl acetate and perfume.
- the total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 0.1 to 10, or from 0.1 to 5, or from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- the composition is in a form of a gel and the total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- the composition is in a form of a cream or an emulsion and the total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 0.1 to 5, or from 0.1 to 1, % by weight of the total weight of the composition, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- formulations as described herein can be or be used to make up a cosmetic product and be used in cosmetic care.
- Exemplary non-limiting products include, but are not limited to, an anti-acne product, an anti-diaper rush product, a shampoo, a body lotion, a body cream, a face cream, a face lotion, a face mask, a body and/or face wash product, a cleansing product (for hair and/or skin and/or mucosal tissue such as oral cavity or vagina), a hygienic product, an anti-pigmentation product, a make-up product, an anesthetic product, a sunscreen product.
- the cosmetic composition is used for skin care.
- Skin-care means regulating and/or improving a skin condition. Some non-limiting examples include improving skin appearance and/or feel by providing a smoother, more even appearance and/or feel; increasing the thickness of one or more layers of the skin; improving the elasticity or resiliency of the skin; improving the firmness of the skin; and reducing the oily, shiny, and/or dull appearance of skin, improving the hydration status or moisturization of the skin, improving the appearance of fine lines and/or wrinkles, improving skin exfoliation or desquamation, plumping the skin, improving skin barrier properties, improve skin tone, reducing the appearance of redness or skin blotches, and/or improving the brightness, radiancy, or translucency of skin.
- Skin-care active means a compound or combination of compounds that, when applied to skin, provide an acute and/or chronic benefit to skin or a type of cell commonly found therein. Skin-care actives may regulate and/or improve skin or its associated cells (e.g., improve skin elasticity; improve skin hydration; improve skin condition; and improve cell metabolism).
- Skin-care formulation means a formulation that includes a skin-care active and regulates and/or improves skin condition.
- Skin-care product refers to a product that includes a skin-care composition or formulation.
- skin-care products include skin creams, moisturizers, lotions, and body washes. Other examples are provided hereinbelow
- a skin care product comprising the cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition or formulation, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof.
- Non-limiting exemplary skin care products include products for improving skin appearance and/or feel by providing a smoother, more even appearance and/or feel; products for increasing the thickness of one or more layers of the skin; products for improving the elasticity or resiliency of the skin; products for improving the firmness of the skin; products for reducing the oily, shiny, and/or dull appearance of skin, products for improving the hydration status or moisturization of the skin, products for improving the appearance of fine lines and/or wrinkles, products for improving skin exfoliation or desquamation, products for plumping the skin, products for improving skin barrier properties, products for improving skin tone, products for reducing the appearance of redness or skin blotches, and products for improving the brightness, radiancy, or translucency of skin.
- Such products are to be applied, for example, to a facial skin, the neck, the torso, and/or the decollete.
- compositions, formulations or products as described herein can be used to treat, prevent (protect from) or reduce damage to a keratinous and/or mucosal tissue of a subject.
- Medical, cosmetic or cosmeceutical conditions that can benefit from topical application of the compositions, formulations or products as described herein include, but are not limited to, damage to skin cells caused by UV radiation, skin aging, skin pigmentation, stress, extreme weather conditions, menopause, xerosis, ichthyosis, keratosis, keratoderma, pruritus, acne, dermatitis, neuro-dermatitis, dermatitis herpetiformis, actinic keratosis, hyper keratosis, inflamed keratosis, eczema, atopic eczema, melanoma, psoriasis, rosacea, urticaria, seborrheic dermatitis, skin cancer, xer
- the keratinous tissue is a facial tissue, a hair tissue, or a skin tissue (e.g., of the decollete).
- the mucosal tissue is a vaginal tissue.
- the mucosal tissue is in the oral cavity.
- the damage is associated with aging.
- the damage is associated with a dermatological condition, for example, skin inflammation, and/or conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, pigmentation, acne, eczema, xerosis, ichthyosis, keratosis, keratoderma, pruritus, dermatitis, neuro-dermatitis, dermatitis herpetiformis, actinic keratosis, hyper and inflamed keratosis, atopic eczema, melanoma, rosacea, urticaria, seborrheic dermatitis, skin cancer, and xeroderma pigmentosum.
- a dermatological condition for example, skin inflammation, and/or conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, pigmentation, acne, eczema, xerosis, ichthyosis, keratosis, keratoderma, pruritus
- any of the compositions, formulations, articles-of- manufacturing and/or products as described herein is packaged in packaging material and identified in print, in or on the packaging material, for its intended use.
- compositions as described herein can be identified for use in preparing any of the formulations or products or articles-of-manufacturing as described herein.
- compositions as described herein can be identified for use in preparing any of the products or articles-of-manufacturing as described herein.
- a method of performing a cosmetic care in a subject in need thereof comprising applying to the skin of the subject an effective amount of the cosmetic composition disclosed herein, thereby performing the cosmetic care.
- the subject is a female subject.
- the subject is a baby (e.g. under 4 years old, under 3 years old).
- the subject is at least 20 years old, at least 30 years old, at least 40 years old, or at least 50 years old.
- the subject is an elderly subject
- the subject is at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old.
- the term “subject” includes mammals, preferably human beings at any gender and of any age.
- the subject suffers from dry skin.
- hydrocarbon describes an organic moiety that includes, as its basic skeleton, a chain of carbon atoms, substituted mainly by hydrogen atoms.
- the hydrocarbon can be saturated or non- saturated, be comprised of aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic moieties, and can optionally be substituted by one or more substituents (other than hydrogen).
- a substituted hydrocarbon may have one or more substituents, whereby each substituent group can independently be, for example, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, amine, halide, sulfonate, sulfoxide, phosphonate, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, oxo, cyano, nitro, azo, azide, sulfonamide, carboxy, thiocarbamate, urea, thiourea, carbamate, amide, and hydrazine.
- substituent group can independently be, for example, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, amine, halide, sulfonate, sulfoxide, phosphonate, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy,
- the hydrocarbon can be an end group or a linking group, as these terms are defined herein.
- the hydrocarbon moiety is optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, including, without limitation, one or more oxygen, nitrogen and/or sulfur atoms. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a hydrocarbon, the hydrocarbon is not interrupted by any heteroatoms.
- the hydrocarbon moiety has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the term “alkyl” refers to any saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon including straight chain and branched chain groups.
- the alkyl group has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkyl is a medium size alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Most preferably, unless otherwise indicated, the alkyl is a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group may be substituted or non-substituted.
- the substituent group can be, for example, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, S -thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfona
- alkenyl describes an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon comprise at least one carbon-carbon double bond, including straight chain and branched chain groups.
- the alkenyl group has 2 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkenyl is a medium size alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Most preferably, unless otherwise indicated, the alkenyl is a lower alkenyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkenyl group may be substituted or non-substituted.
- Substituted alkenyl may have one or more substituents, whereby each substituent group can independently be, for example, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy,
- alkynyl describes an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon comprise at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, including straight chain and branched chain groups.
- the alkynyl group has 2 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkynyl is a medium size alkynyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Most preferably, unless otherwise indicated, the alkynyl is a lower alkynyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkynyl group may be substituted or nonsubstituted.
- Substituted alkynyl may have one or more substituents, whereby each substituent group can independently be, for example, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy,
- alkylene describes a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon linking group, as this term is defined herein, which differs from an alkyl group (when saturated) or an alkenyl or alkynyl group (when unsaturated), as defined herein, only in that alkylene is a linking group rather than an end group.
- a “cycloalkyl” group refers to a saturated on unsaturated all-carbon monocyclic or fused ring (i.e., rings which share an adjacent pair of carbon atoms) group wherein one of more of the rings does not have a completely conjugated pi-electron system.
- Examples, without limitation, of cycloalkyl groups are cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclohexane, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, cycloheptatriene, and adamantane.
- a cycloalkyl group may be substituted or non-substituted.
- the substituent group can be, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C- amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, gu
- a cycloalkyl group When a cycloalkyl group is unsaturated, it may comprise at least one carbon-carbon double bond and/or at least one carboncarbon triple bond.
- the cycloalkyl group can be an end group, as this phrase is defined herein, wherein it is attached to a single adjacent atom, or a linking group, as this phrase is defined herein, connecting two or more moieties.
- aryl group refers to an all-carbon monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) end groups having a completely conjugated pi- electron system. Examples, without limitation, of aryl groups are phenyl, naphthalenyl and anthracenyl. The aryl group may be substituted or non-substituted.
- the substituent group can be, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O- thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido,
- heteroaryl group refers to a monocyclic or fused ring (i.e., rings which share an adjacent pair of atoms) end group having in the ring(s) one or more atoms, such as, for example, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur and, in addition, having a completely conjugated pi-electron system.
- heteroaryl groups include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, quinoline, isoquinoline and purine.
- the heteroaryl group may be substituted or non-substituted.
- the substituent group can be, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido,
- arylene describes a monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic linking group, as this term is defined herein, and encompasses linking groups which differ from an aryl or heteroaryl group, as these groups are defined herein, only in that arylene is a linking group rather than an end group.
- a “heteroalicyclic” group refers to a monocyclic or fused ring group having in the ring(s) one or more atoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
- the rings may also have one or more double bonds. However, the rings do not have a completely conjugated pi-electron system.
- the heteroalicyclic may be substituted or non-substituted.
- the substituted group can be, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido,
- heteroalicyclic group can be an end group, as this phrase is defined herein, wherein it is attached to a single adjacent atom, or a linking group, as this phrase is defined herein, connecting two or more moieties.
- amine each refer to either a -NR’R” group or a - N + R’R”R’ ’ ’ group, wherein R’ , R” and R’ ’ ’ are each hydrogen or a substituted or non-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclic (linked to amine nitrogen via a ring carbon thereof), aryl, or heteroaryl (linked to amine nitrogen via a ring carbon thereof), as defined herein.
- R’, R” and R”’ are hydrogen or alkyl comprising 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R’ and R” are hydrogen.
- the carbon atom of an R’, R” or R”’ hydrocarbon moiety which is bound to the nitrogen atom of the amine is not substituted by oxo (unless explicitly indicated otherwise), such that R’, R” and R’” are not (for example) carbonyl, C-carboxy or amide, as these groups are defined herein.
- alkoxy group refers to any of an -O-alkyl, -O-alkenyl, -O-alkynyl, -O-cycloalkyl, and -O-heteroalicyclic end group, as defined herein, or to any of an -O-alkylene, -O-cycloalkyl- and - O-heteroalicyclic- linking group, as defined herein .
- aryloxy refers to both an -O-aryl and an -O-heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or to an -O-arylene.
- a “hydroxy” group refers to a -OH group.
- a “thiohydroxy” or “thiol” group refers to a -SH group.
- a “thioalkoxy” group refers to any of an -S-alkyl, -S-alkenyl, -S-alkynyl, -S-cycloalkyl, and -S-heteroalicyclic end group, as defined herein, or to any of an -S-alkylene-, -S -cycloalkyland -S-heteroalicyclic- linking group, as defined herein.
- a “thioaryloxy” group refers to both an -S-aryl and an -S-heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or to an -S-arylene.
- a “carboxy”, “carboxyl”, “carboxylic” or “carboxylate” group refers to both “C-carboxy” and “O-carboxy” end groups, as defined herein, as well as to a carboxy linking group, as defined herein.
- a “halo” group refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
- a “sulfonamide” or “sulfonamido” group encompasses both S-sulfonamido and N- sulfonamido end groups, as defined herein, as well as a sulfonamide linking group, as defined herein.
- a “carbamyl” group encompasses both O-carbamyl and N-carbamyl end groups, as defined herein, as well as a carbamyl linking group, as defined herein.
- a “thiocarbamyl” group encompasses O-thiocarbamyl, S -thiocarbamyl and N- thiocarbamyl end groups, as defined herein, as well as a thiocarbamyl linking group, as defined herein.
- R is as defined herein.
- amide or “amido” group encompasses C-amido and N-amido end groups, as defined herein, as well as an amide linking group, as defined herein.
- a “nitro” group refers to an -NO2 group.
- phosphinyl describes a -PR’R” end group, with each of R’ and R” as defined herein, or a -PR’ - linking group, with R’ as defined herein.
- hydrozine describes a -NR’-NR”R’” end group, where R’, R”, and R’” are as defined herein, or to a -NR’ -NR”- linking group, where R’ and R” are as defined herein.
- the compound described herein may be in a form of a salt, for example, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
- the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a charged species of the parent compound and its counter-ion, which is typically used to modify the solubility characteristics of the parent compound and/or to reduce any significant irritation to an organism by the parent compound, while not abrogating the biological activity and properties of the administered compound.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound as described herein can alternatively be formed during the synthesis of the compound, e.g., in the course of isolating the compound from a reaction mixture or re-crystallizing the compound.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds described herein may optionally be an acid addition salt and/or a base addition salt.
- An acid addition salt comprises at least one basic (e.g., amine and/or guanidinyl) group of the compound which is in a positively charged form (e.g., wherein the basic group is protonated), in combination with at least one counter-ion, derived from the selected acid, that forms a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
- the acid addition salts of the compounds described herein may therefore be complexes formed between one or more basic groups of the compound and one or more equivalents of an acid.
- a base addition salt comprises at least one acidic (e.g., carboxylic acid) group of the compound which is in a negatively charged form (e.g., wherein the acidic group is deprotonated), in combination with at least one counter-ion, derived from the selected base, that forms a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
- the base addition salts of the compounds described herein may therefore be complexes formed between one or more acidic groups of the compound and one or more equivalents of a base.
- the acid additions salts and/or base addition salts can be either mono-addition salts or poly-addition salts.
- poly- addition salt refers to a salt in which the stoichiometric ratio between the counter-ion and the charged form of the compound is greater than 1:1 and is, for example, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1 and so on, such that the addition salt includes two or more molar equivalents of the counter-ion per one molar equivalent of the compound.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt would be an ammonium cation or guanidinium cation and an acid addition salt thereof, and/or a carboxylate anion and a base addition salt thereof.
- the base addition salts may include a cation counter-ion such as sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium and the like, that forms a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
- the acid addition salts may include a variety of organic and inorganic acids, such as, but not limited to, hydrochloric acid which affords a hydrochloric acid addition salt, hydrobromic acid which affords a hydrobromic acid addition salt, acetic acid which affords an acetic acid addition salt, ascorbic acid which affords an ascorbic acid addition salt, benzenesulfonic acid which affords a besylate addition salt, camphorsulfonic acid which affords a camphorsulfonic acid addition salt, citric acid which affords a citric acid addition salt, maleic acid which affords a maleic acid addition salt, malic acid which affords a malic acid addition salt, methanesulfonic acid which affords a methanesulfonic acid (mesylate) addition salt, naphthalenesulfonic acid which affords a naphthalenesulfonic acid addition salt, oxalic acid which affords an oxalic acid addition salt,
- each of the compounds described herein, including the salts thereof, can be in a form of a solvate or a hydrate thereof.
- solvate refers to a complex of variable stoichiometry (e.g., di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa-, and so on), which is formed by a solute (the heterocyclic compounds described herein) and a solvent, whereby the solvent does not interfere with the intended activity of the solute.
- hydrate refers to a solvate, as defined hereinabove, where the solvent is water.
- the compounds described herein can be used as polymorphs and the present embodiments further encompass any isomorph of the compounds and any combination thereof.
- the compounds and structures described herein encompass any stereoisomer, including enantiomers and diastereomers, of the compounds described herein, unless a particular stereoisomer is specifically indicated.
- enantiomer refers to a stereoisomer of a compound that is superposable with respect to its counterpart only by a complete inversion/reflection (mirror image) of each other. Enantiomers are said to have “handedness” since they refer to each other like the right and left hand. Enantiomers have identical chemical and physical properties except when present in an environment which by itself has handedness, such as all living systems.
- a compound may exhibit one or more chiral centers, each of which exhibiting an (R) or an (S) configuration and any combination, and compounds according to some embodiments of the present invention, can have any their chiral centers exhibit an (R) or an (S) configuration.
- diastereomers refers to stereoisomers that are not enantiomers to one another. Diastereomerism occurs when two or more stereoisomers of a compound have different configurations at one or more, but not all of the equivalent (related) stereocenters and are not mirror images of each other. When two diastereoisomers differ from each other at only one stereocenter they are epimers. Each stereo-center (chiral center) gives rise to two different configurations and thus to two different stereoisomers.
- embodiments of the present invention encompass compounds with multiple chiral centers that occur in any combination of stereo-configuration, namely any diastereomer.
- the term “about” refers to ⁇ 10 %, and optionally ⁇ 5 %.
- compositions, method or structure may include additional ingredients, steps and/or parts, but only if the additional ingredients, steps and/or parts do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed composition, method or structure.
- a compound or “at least one compound” may include a plurality of compounds, including mixtures thereof.
- various embodiments of this invention may be presented in a range format. It should be understood that the description in range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible subranges as well as individual numerical values within that range.
- a numerical range is indicated herein, it is meant to include any cited numeral (fractional or integral) within the indicated range.
- the phrases “ranging/ranges between” a first indicate number and a second indicate number and “ranging/ranges from” a first indicate number “to” a second indicate number are used herein interchangeably and are meant to include the first and second indicated numbers and all the fractional and integral numerals therebetween.
- method refers to manners, means, techniques and procedures for accomplishing a given task including, but not limited to, those manners, means, techniques and procedures either known to, or readily developed from known manners, means, techniques and procedures by practitioners of the chemical, pharmacological, biological, biochemical and medical arts.
- treating includes abrogating, substantially inhibiting, slowing or reversing the progression of a condition, substantially ameliorating clinical or aesthetical symptoms of a condition or substantially preventing the appearance of clinical or aesthetical symptoms of a condition.
- DSPE Distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine
- DPPE Dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine
- Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine (HSPC), an exemplary bilayer-forming lipid, was obtained from Lipoid GmbH.
- PC S 100 Phosphatidylcholine from soybean, an exemplary bilayer-forming lipid, was obtained from Lipoid GmbH.
- MLV are multilamellar vesicles (liposomes) comprising a phospholipid or a phospholipid and LPC as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
- Carbomer - Carbopol based gel - was obtained from Lubrizol advanced materials Europe BV, Cat No. CBP1058.
- HA - hyaluronic acid - was obtained from ‘Contipro a.s’: Catalogue number: 814-10-01 & 814-12-01.
- Particles size was determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) measurements using a Zetasizer Nano instrument by Malvern Panalytical. Liposome samples were diluted xlO in PBS to a final volume of 1 mL, transferred to a plastic cuvette and equilibrated to 25 °C, followed by 3 replicate measurements. The mean Z-av erage diameter and mean polydispersity index (PDI) were reported along with their standard deviations.
- DLS dynamic light scattering
- Z-av erage was determined using a Zetasizer Nano instrument by Malvern Panalytical. Samples were diluted x 100-200 in water to a final volume of 800 pL, transferred to a disposable folded capillary cuvette and equilibrated to 25 °C, followed by 3 replicate measurements. The Z- average (mean) and its standard deviation are reported.
- HPLC measurements were performed using Agilent 1100 system equipped with an evaporative light scattering (ELS) detector using a reversed phase C8 column (Kinetex C8, 150 x 4.6 mm, 5 pm, 100A) equilibrated to 30 °C.
- ELS evaporative light scattering
- GPC measurements were performed using an Agilent 1100 system equipped with a refractive index detector using a combination of PFG columns (PFG Column Guard + 100 A PFG single pore + 300 A PFG single pore) equilibrated to 40 °C.
- LPCs Lipid polymer conjugates
- liposome formulations comprising same
- LPCs Lipid polymer con jugates
- LPCs Lipid polymer conjugates
- a process of preparing an LPC according to the present embodiments comprises contacting an initiator compound having Formula V :
- Fi, F2, F3, F4, J, K, M and Q are as defined for Formula IV;
- Ri is an electron transfer functional group, with a plurality of monomers that form the -[Y-L-Z]n-[Y]m- polymeric backbone, wherein Y, L, Z, n and m are as described herein for Formula I, under conditions that promote atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP), preferably under conditions that promote ARGET-ATRP.
- ATRP atom transfer radical polymerization
- Ri can be any functional group that is suitable for electron transfer radical polymerization, and is typically a group that is capable of forming a stable radical on its own.
- exemplary such groups include halogens (halo), preferably chloro or bromo, more preferably bromo, although any other suitable groups are contemplated.
- stable radical encompasses any chemical species that comprises an unpaired electron within its molecular or atomic structure but is relatively long-lived and less reactive compared to typical radicals. Typically, a stable radical is such that is capable of stabilizing the unpaired electron energetically.
- Conditions that promote ATRP include any conditions known in the art, typically in the presence of radical forming reagents such as CuX’ or CuX’2, wherein X’ is typically halogen, and a suitable ligand.
- the process is effected under conditions that promote ARGET-ATRP.
- exemplary such conditions include any conditions known in the art, typically in the presence of CuX’2, wherein X’ is typically halogen, a suitable ligand, and a reducing agent.
- reducing agents include, without limitation, ascorbic acid (vitamin C), sodium ascorbate (NaAsc), Calcium Ascorbate (Ca2Asc), and hydrazine (mono hydrate or dissolved in ethanol), tin-2-ethyhexanoate (Tin-2EH) and glucose.
- both CuBr2 and CuCh work well together with TPMA as an exemplary ligand, while the constant reduction of the catalyst is performed using ascorbic acid [see, for example, Adler et al., Biomaterials Science, 2021, 9, 5854-5867].
- Other ligands are also contemplated, including, for example, A,A,A(A'-tetrakis(2-pyridinylmethyl)-l,2-ethanediamine (TPEN; CAS No. 16858-02-9).
- Suitable solvents for carrying out ATRP or ARGET-ATRP processes include, without limitations, polar solvents such as alcohols (e.g., methanol and/or ethanol).
- the process is effected at a temperature in a range of from 10 °C to 50 °C, or from 15 °C to 50 °C, or from 15 °C to 30 °C, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- the process is effected at room temperature (i.e., ambient temperature; from about 20 °C to about 25 °C).
- contacting the initiator compound with the plurality of monomers is effected for a time period of from about 1 to about 48 hours, or from about 3 to about 48 hours, or from about 3 to about 36 hours, or from about 3 to about 24 hours, from about 4 to about 48 hours, or from about 4 to about 36 hours, or from about 4 to about 24 hours, from about 6 to about 48 hours, or from about 6 to about 36 hours, or from about 6 to about 24 hours including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
- the process is effected by contacting a catalyst solution that comprises a catalyst and a ligand with a solution comprising the initiator compound, preferably under inert atmosphere (e.g., argon), and with a solution of the plurality of monomers, at a mol ratio to the initiator compound selected to provide a desired length (number of repeating backbone units) of the obtained LPC.
- a catalyst solution that comprises a catalyst and a ligand
- a solution comprising the initiator compound preferably under inert atmosphere (e.g., argon)
- inert atmosphere e.g., argon
- a mol ratio of the catalyst and the initiator is about 1:1.
- a catalyst solution is prepared by dissolving the catalyst and the ligand in a polar solvent (e.g., an alcoholic solvent such as MeOH or EtOH, preferably EtOH).
- a polar solvent e.g., an alcoholic solvent such as MeOH or EtOH, preferably EtOH.
- the catalyst solution is added to a mixture of the initiator compound, a reducing agent and a plurality of monomers, in a polar solvent as described herein (e.g., an alcoholic solvent).
- the catalyst solution is added to a mixture of the initiator compound, and a plurality of monomers, in a polar solvent as described herein (e.g., an alcoholic solvent), and a reducing agent is thereafter added.
- a polar solvent as described herein (e.g., an alcoholic solvent)
- a reducing agent is thereafter added.
- the mol ratio of the monomer (plurality of monomers) as described in any of the respective embodiments and in any combination thereof, and the initiator compound as described herein is in a range of from 5: 1 to 200:1, or from 10:1 to 150:1, or from 20:1 to 100:1, or from 30:1 to 75:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- This mol ratio determines the number of repeating units in the obtained polymeric compound (LPC).
- a mol ratio of 50: 1 or lower (e.g., about 30: 1 or about 25:1) provides short LPCs as described herein in of the respective embodiments, comprising less than 100, or less than 80, repeating units in the polymeric moiety (indicated by variable n in Formula I as described herein).
- a mol ratio of 60:1 or higher (e.g., from about 60:1 to about 80:1) provides longer LPCs as described herein in of the respective embodiments, comprising at least 80 repeating units (e.g., 80-120) in the polymeric moiety (indicated by variable n in Formula I as described herein).
- the process further comprises isolating the polymeric compound.
- Isolating the obtained polymeric compound e.g., a polymeric compound having Formula I as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof
- isolating the polymeric compound does not involve acidification, namely, exposing the polymeric compound to an acidic environment.
- isolating the polymeric compound is performed by precipitation, namely, precipitating the polymeric compound from the polymerization reaction mixture by means of, for example, contacting the mixture with an antisolvent in which the polymeric compound is not soluble, at a ratio in a range of from 2:1 to 50:1, anti-solvent: reaction mixture, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
- anti- solvents include, but are not limited to ketones such as acetone, dimethoxyethane (DME), chloroform (CHCI3), dichloromethane (DCM), tetrachloroethylene (C2CI4), dimethylcarbonate (DMC), diethylcarbonate (DEC), and methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE).
- the anti-solvent is a ketone, for example, acetone.
- isolating the polymeric compound further comprises, prior to and/or subsequent to the precipitation, column chromatography .
- DPPE-Ph-pMPC was used, with n featuring varying values, as indicated hereinafter.
- DPPE-Ph-Br was prepared via a two-step reaction as follows: (a) Steglich esterification of DL-a-bromophenylacetic with 4-nitrophenol to afford the active 4- nitrophenol ester (4NP-O2C-CHPhBr); and (b) reacting the resulting ester with DPPE to obtain DPPE-Ph-Br, as depicted in FIG. 1. Reacting the resulting ester with other glycerophospholipids can provide additional Ph-Br-based initiators.
- DL-a-bromophenylacetic acid (4.30 grams, 20 mmol, 1.0 mol equivalent), 4-nitrophenol (3.06 grams, 22 mmol, 1.1 mol equivalent) and 4-DMAP (0.244 gram, 2 mmol, 0.1 mol equivalent) were weighed into a round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar. THF (20 mL per 1 gram of DL-a-bromophenylacetic acid) was added to the flask and stirring was tumed-on to completely dissolve all solids.
- the flask was thereafter sealed, cooled to about 5 °C using an icebath, and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC; 4.54 grams, 22 mmol, 1.1 mol equivalent) was added. After 10 minutes of stirring, the ice-bath was removed, and the flask was allowed to reach room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 3 more hours at ambient temperature and then its content was gravitationally filtered-off into an evaporation flask using a common filtration paper. The reaction flask and the filtered urea byproduct were washed twice with DCM (25 mL) and the combined filtrates were evaporated to dryness using a rotary evaporator.
- DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
- 4NP-O2C-CHPhBr (5.05 grams, 15.0 mmol, 1.2 mol equivalent) was dissolved using DCM (15 mL per 1 gram 4NP-O2C-CHPhBr) in a round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar. Then, DPPE (8.66 grams, 12.5 mmol, 1.0 mol equivalent) was added to the flask and washed down with additional DCM (10 mL per 1 gram DPPE). TEA (4.2 mL, 30.0 mmol, 2.4 mol equivalents) was added and the flask was heated to 50 °C using a water bath to afford gentle solvent reflux.
- DPPE-Ph-Br was precipitated by adding the concentrated DCM solution to a laboratory bottle filled with stirring MeOH (75 mL per 1 gram of DPPE) and placing this bottle in the fridge for at least 2 hours. The precipitated product was filtered-off, washed twice with cold MeOH (50 mL) and allowed to dry with suction still tumed- on for at least 10 minutes. Finally, the precipitate was dried overnight under high vacuum to give 9.82 grams of DPPE-Ph-Br in 88 % yield.
- DPPE-Ph-Br was prepared as follows:
- DL-a-bromophenylacetic acid (aBPA, 7.53 grams, 35.0 mmol, 1.4 mol equivalent to DPPE) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS, 4.32 grams, 37.5 mmol, 1.5 mol equivalent to DPPE) were added into a 100 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a powder funnel. Tetrahydrofuran (THF, 40 mL) was added through the powder funnel and stirring was turned on to completely dissolve both solids.
- THF Tetrahydrofuran
- Diisoproylcarbodiimide (DIC, 5.1 mL, 32.5 mmol, 1.3 mol equivalent to DPPE) was added thereafter to the flask using a syringe, the flask was sealed, and the reaction was allowed to stir for 1 hour at room temperature. Then, the precipitated DIC- urea byproduct was filtered-off gravitationally through a standard filtration paper and the reaction flask and filtration paper were washed with 5 mL THF. The obtained clear solution was kept aside for the next step.
- DIC Diisoproylcarbodiimide
- a 500 mL round-bottomed flask was equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a powder funnel.
- DPPE l,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine
- CHCI3, 175 mL chloroform
- TEA triethylamine
- the organic phase in the separation funnel was washed thrice with HC1 IM (250 mL), thrice with Brine (250 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSCL, and filtered gravitationally using a standard filtration paper into a 1 L lab bottle to separate any solid particulates.
- the lab bottle with the clear EtOAc solution was placed in a -20 °C freezer for 2 hours, during which the DPPE-Ph-Br product precipitated as a white solid.
- DPPE-Ph-Br was filtered-off using a Buchner filtration system and the collected product was washed twice with cold EtOAc (25 mL). The product was dried to constant weight under high vacuum. A yield of 80-90 % of pure DPPE-Ph-Br was obtained.
- the DPPE-Ph-Br can alternatively be prepared in a one-pot reaction. Activation is performed by turning aBPA into an active NHS ester using diisoproylcarbodiimide (DIC) as a coupling reagent. Synthesis of DPPE-Ph-pMPC via ARGET-ATRP:
- MPC was polymerized from the exemplary DPPE-Ph-Br initiator via ARGET-ATRP using anhydrous CuCh as the catalyst, tris(2-pyridylmethyl) (TPMA) as the ligand, and ascorbic acid or Sodium Ascorbate (NaAsc) as the reducing agent, to obtain DPPE-Ph-pMPC (see, for example, FIG. 1).
- TPMA tris(2-pyridylmethyl)
- NaAsc sodium Ascorbate
- catalysts, reducing agents and ligands and solutions thereof can alternatively be replaced by others known in the art in the context of ARGET-ATRP.
- the initiator can also be replaced by any initiator that corresponds to the desired LPC, as described herein (see, for example, Formula V).
- an amount of the ligand is about 2 mol equivalents relative to the CuCh catalyst; an amount of the reducing agent is about 10 mol equivalents relative to the CuCh catalyst; an amount of the DPPE-Ph-Br is about 1 mol equivalent relative to the CuCh catalyst; and an amount of the MPC is pre-determined in accordance with a desired number of the repeating units (n).
- the length of the LPC is determined by the mol ratio of DPPE-Ph-Br to MPC, and accordingly, the amount of the MPC added to the reaction was selected. For example, a mol ratio of 1:25 DPPE- Ph-Br:MPC resulted in LPC comprising about 50-80 or 50-60 repeating units. A mol ratio of 1:50 or 1:60 resulted in LPC comprising about 80-120 or 110-120 repeating units.
- the type of the lipid moiety can be manipulated by preparing a respective initiator (which comprises the selected lipid moiety). Further, the length of the polymeric moiety (number of repeating units of e.g., MPC) is controlled by the mol equivalents of the selected monomer (e.g., MPC) with respect to the initiator (a mol ratio of the monomer relative to the initiator).
- an initiator (1 mol equivalent) and Ascorbic Acid (1.41 mol equivalent to initiator
- a solution of MPC 25-100 mol equivalents to initiator; e.g., 30 mol equivalents to initiator
- the total solvent (e.g., EtOH) volume used in the reaction was set according to the amount of MPC to give a concentration of 15 % w/v.
- the Catalyst solution was then added to the Schlenk flask, the flask was sealed with rubber septum and all contents were mixed together to form a greenish clear solution.
- an initiator (1 mol equivalent) was added, followed by addition of a solution of MPC (25-100 mol equivalents to initiator; e.g., 30 mol equivalents to initiator) in the selected solvent (e.g., EtOH), as above, and an addition of the catalyst solution.
- a solution of MPC 25-100 mol equivalents to initiator; e.g., 30 mol equivalents to initiator
- EtOH selected solvent
- the flask was sealed with rubber septum and all contents were mixed together to form a greenish clear solution, and, after all of the solids completely dissolved, Sodium Ascorbate (1.00 mol equivalent to the initiator) was added.
- EtOH the solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in purified water, filtered from insoluble impurities, and further purified by TFF (8-10 diafiltrations with deionized water).
- TFF 8-10 diafiltrations with deionized water
- the obtained aqueous solution was filtered from insoluble impurities and then further purified using TFF (8-10 diafiltrations with DIW).
- the aqueous LPC solutions were placed in a -80 °C freezer for at least 2 hours and then lyophilized for at least 48 hours (e.g., 96 hours).
- the number of units in the obtained LPC was determined based on the Mw of the product, which was determined by GPC analysis.
- IM22-1053 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 30 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
- IM22-1054 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 80 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
- IM22-1055 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 30 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
- IM22-1056 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 30 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
- IM22-1063 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 25 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
- Table 1 below presents the characterizing properties of the obtained LPCs.
- DMPC dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids
- HSPC hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine
- PC S 100 Phosphatidylcholine from soybean
- Liposome stock solutions were generally prepared as follows. Protocols for each formulation are described in further details in Example 2 that follows. Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR was added to a 250 ml flask and heated to a temperature in a range of 30-70 °C. The selected LPC was weighed and added to the flask followed by the selected phospholipid. Reference liposome formulations were prepared without LPC. A 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and ingredients were mixed at a temperature in a range of 30-70 °C until a homogenous clear solution was obtained (typically in about 20 minutes).
- Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 35 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second validating evaporation for 15 minutes, forming a dry lipid cake. Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water were added to the dried flask along with a 2.5 cm magnet and the flask was stirred for 20-70 minutes at a hydration temperature in a range of 30-70 °C.
- the common ingredient of all formulations was a Carbomer gel.
- a pre-made gel stock (1.5 % Carbopol® content) was generally prepared according to the following: 15 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (930 grams) at room temperature and homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (40 grams ‘ISC AGARD OP’) and mixing for 1 minute. Following, 15 grams of tri-ethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer.
- a gel comprising common moisturizers such as glycerine
- 37.5 grams of the stock gel was mixed with 9.4 grams glycerin and 140.8 grams di-ionized water using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel 6 cm wide ‘anchor’ type rod.
- Samples comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of a phospholipid only (e.g., dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine; DMPC) or of a phospholipid and LPC as described herein were prepared by missing an amount of the stock gel and an amount of an homogenized solution of the lipids (prepared as described in Example 2), using an overhead stirrer equipped with a stainless steel 6 cm wide ‘anchor’ type rod.
- DMPC dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine
- LPC phospholipid and LPC
- a reference gel comprising HSPC only (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22- 743”; Table 2, Entry 7):
- a gel formulation comprising Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine lipids (HSPC), mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 50.64 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
- Ethanol dissolving of the lipids 55 grams Ethanol AR at 57 °C was added to a 250 ml flask. HSPC (2.75 grams) was added along with a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet. Mixing was performed at 56 °C for 30 minutes at the evaporator until complete dissolution was obtained.
- Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 56 °C, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- Homogenization - The solution was placed inside a cylinder immersed in a 65 °C bath and homogenized at 9K RPM for 40 minutes using a narrow ‘KINEMATICA’ knife, at that temperature.
- the resulting MLVs DLS analysis showed a Z-average of 3401 ⁇ 532 nm, PDI of 0.702 ⁇ 0.26. See, Table 2, Entry 7 in Example 1 hereinabove.
- a reference gel comprising DMPC only (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22- 736”; Table 2, Entry 8):
- a gel formulation comprising dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipid (DMPC), mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 59.04 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
- Ethanol dissolving of the lipids 55 grams Ethanol AR at 37 °C was added to a 250 ml flask. DMPC (2.75 grams) was added to the flask, and mixing was performed at 37 °C at the Roto- evaporator until complete dissolution was obtained.
- Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 38 °C, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- the resulting MLVs DLS analysis showed a Z-average of 1461 ⁇ 150 nm, PDI of 0.321 ⁇ 0.27. See, Table 2, Entry 8 in Example 1 hereinabove.
- Gel embedding was performed using 12.5 grams of the stock gel mixed with 50.20 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
- a reference gel comprising 5% w/w Glycerine also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-587”):
- a reference 5% w/w glycerin gel formulation comprising Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di- ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), Glycerine & Di-ionized water.
- Carbomer gel Carbopol®, di- ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives
- Glycerine & Di-ionized water The resulting gel serves as a moisturizing reference herein while incorporation 5% w/w glycerine in any cosmetic preparation serves as common moisturizing standard.
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-579 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 15 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (930 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (40 grams Phenoxyethanol & Caprylyl Glycol mixture) and mixing. Thereafter, 15.00 grams of tri-ethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 5.72.
- the final preparation was performed by adding 37.49 stock gel (IM22-579) with 9.39 grams Glycerin USP with 140.8 grams Di-ionized water and mixing using over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod, resulting in a pH of 6.39.
- a gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (long) and HSPC (also referred to herein as formulation IM22-777; Table 2, Entry 4):
- a gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine lipids (HSPC), the LPC IM22-1054 (see, Table 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 44.80 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared by adding 6 grams Carbopol® 990 to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine were added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
- Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 65 °C were added to a 250 ml flask.
- the exemplary LPC (0.33 grams; IM22-1054, See, Table 1 above) was weighed and added to the flask followed by HSPC (2.41 grams).
- a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and mixing was performed at 65 °C for 30 minutes until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
- Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 35 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- FIGs. 2A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-777 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 2A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 2B).
- FIG. 2C presents the TEWL of IM22-777 as a function of time, in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736), and also in comparison with IM22-587, a glycerin standard.
- a gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (long) and HSPC (also referred to herein as formulation IM22-778; Table 2, Entry 3):
- a gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine lipids (HSPC), the LPC IM22-1054 (see, Table 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 44.80 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared by adding 6 grams Carbopol® 990 to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine were added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
- Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 65 °C were added to a 250 ml flask.
- the exemplary LPC 0.52 grams; IM22-1055, See, Table 1 above
- HSPC HSPC (2.42 grams).
- a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and mixing was performed at 65 °C for 10 minutes until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
- Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 35 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- FIGs. 3A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-778 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 3 A) and in comparison, with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 3B).
- FIG. 3C presents the TEWL of IM22-778 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
- a gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (long) and DMPC (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-754”; Table 2, Entry 5):
- a gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), the LPC IM22-1054 (see, Table 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 102.32 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
- Ethanol dissolving of the lipids 55 grams Ethanol AR at 34 °C was added to a 250 ml flask.
- LPC IM22-1054 (see, Table 1); 1.51 grams was added to the flask, followed by DMPC (4.74 grams).
- a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and mixing was performed at 35 °C until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
- Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 40 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- the resulting MLVs DLS analysis showed a Z-average of 676.8 ⁇ 41 nm and PDI of 0.622 ⁇ 0.047. See, Table 2, Entry 5 in Example 1 hereinabove.
- FIGs. 4A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-754 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 4A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 4B).
- FIG. 4C presents the TEWL of IM22-754 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
- a gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (long) and DMPC (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-744”; Table 2, Entry 6):
- a gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), the LPC IM22-1054(see, Table 1 in Example 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 51.16 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
- Ethanol dissolving of the lipids 55 grams Ethanol AR at 34 °C were added to a 250 ml flask.
- LPC IM22-1054; 0.76 grams
- DMPC DMPC (2.37 grams).
- a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and mixing was performed at 26 °C for 30 minutes until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
- Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 40 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- FIGs. 5A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-754 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 5 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 5B).
- a gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), the LPC IM22-1053; see, Table 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 54.60 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17. Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 38 °C were added to a 100 ml flask rotating at the Roto-Evaporator. LPC (0.21 grams; IM22-1053) was added to the flask, followed by DMPC (2.53 grams). Mixing was performed at 38 °C for 10 minutes until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
- Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 40 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- Homogenization - The solution was placed inside a cylinder immersed in a 37 °C bath, homogenized at 9K RPM for 1 hour using a Wide ‘Kinematica’ knife, at that temperature.
- FIG. 6 presents graphs showing the comeometry (hydration) of the IM22-732 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22- 736).
- a gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (Medium) and DMPC also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-782”; Table 2, Entry 1):
- a gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), the LPC IM22-1063 (see, Table 1 in Example 1 hereinabove) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 54.16 mM gel at a 4% w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
- Ethanol dissolving of the lipids 55 grams ethanol AR at 35 °C was added to a 250 ml flask.
- the LPC (IM22-1063; 0.24 grams) was added, followed by DMPC (2.52 grams) that was added with a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet. Mixing was performed at 35 °C for 10 minutes at the evaporator until complete dissolution was obtained.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- Gel embedding was performed using 12.50 grams of the stock gel mixed with about 49.99 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
- FIGs. 7A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-782 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 7A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 7B).
- FIG. 7C presents the TEWE of IM22-782 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
- a gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (Medium) and phosphatidylcholine from soybean (PC S 100) (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-780”; Table 2, Entry 2:
- a gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of phosphatidylcholine from soybean (PC S 100), the EPC IM22-1056 (see, Table 1 in Example 1 hereinabove) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 46.4 mM gel at a 4% w/w final gel lipid concentration, was prepared as follows:
- Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
- Ethanol dissolving of the lipids 55 grams ethanol AR at 65 °C was added to a 250 ml flask. LPC (0.25 grams; IM22-1056) was added, followed by DMPC (2.50 grams) that was added with a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet. Mixing was performed at 65 °C for 30 minutes in the evaporator, until complete dissolution was obtained. Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 60 °C, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
- BUCHI Roto-vapor
- Gel embedding was performed using 12.50 grams of stock gel mixed with about 50.03 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
- FIGs. 8A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-780 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 8 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 8B).
- PC lipid represents the bi-layer forming phospholipid.
- LPC % w/w refers to the % by weight of the LPC out of the total weight of the formulation.
- a cream formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of DMPC and an LPC as described in Example 1 hereinabove, mixed with water, Glycerin, Cetearyl Alcohol (and) Cetearyl Glucoside, Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Isononyl Isononanoate, Simmondsia Chinensis (jojoba) seed oil, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter, Cocos Nucifera (coconut) oil, sodium polyacrylate, phenoxyethanol, caprylic glycol, tocopheryl acetate and perfume, at a 4 mM lipid concentration, is prepared as follows:
- Multilamellar vesicles preparation - Multilamellar vesicles are prepared by adding a selected LPC and a selected phospholipid at a selected weight ratio to a flask containing ethanol AR, dissolving the ingredients until fully dissolved, and evaporating at 37 °C bath to form a dry lipid cake. Thereafter, the formed lipid cake is hydrated with di-ionized water and stirred with a magnet for, for example, 1 hour, at, for example, 1500 RPM.
- Phase A - water and glycerin are added to a container and heated to 70 °C.
- Phase B 5.00 % Cetearyl Alcohol (and) Cetearyl Glucoside, 1.70 % Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, 2.70 % Isononyl Isononanoate, 0.80 % Simmondsia Chinensis (jojoba) seed oil, 0.35 % Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter, 0.20 % Cocos Nucifera (coconut) oil are added to a container and heated to 70 °C.
- Phase dispersion - phase A is added to phase B with immediate homogenization, for e.g., 10 minutes at e.g., 10-15K RPM, using, e.g., a ‘Kinematica’ wide knife, until formation of one phase.
- 0.20 % sodium polyacrylate is added at a temperature below 60 °C, and the solution is re-homogenized for 5 minutes.
- the obtained preparation is cooled while stirred using an overhead stirrer to below 40 °C. Thereafter, 10.00 % MLVs, 0.80 % phenoxyethanol and Caprylyl glycol, 0.10 % tocopheryl acetate, and 0.03 % perfume are added under stirring.
- the formulations were applied to a human skin.
- Trans-Epidermal Water Loss (TEWL) & Comeometry measurements were determined using a ‘Courage+Khazaka’ Multi Probe Adapter System MPA 6, using the test procedure provided below.
- the Trans-Epidermal Water Loss (TEWL) technique is based on measuring the flux of water molecules that evaporates from the treated skin. The procedure of measurement was effected separately for each formulation on three locations on each skin segment three times. The measurements were compared to the naive skin in order to demonstrate the state where the effect of the treatment vanished.
- the effect of the gel formulation was compared to industrial acceptable moisturizers that comprise Hyaluronic Acid, Propylene Glycol, and Glycerin.
- Skin hydration was determined also by Comeometry. Human skin was obtained from an aesthetic abdominal cosmetic surgery, upon consent of the donor (female, age 37). The subcutaneous fat layer was removed, and the skin was kept defatted (full thick) at -20 °C until use (less than 3 months, ensuring its barrier function). The study was conducted on full thickness human skin (epidermis + dermis). Sixteen (16) test items were evaluated in this experiment.
- TEWL is the amount of water that passively evaporated throughout skin to the external environment due to the water vapor pressure gradient on both sides of the skin barrier and is used to characterize skin barrier function.
- Skin hydration is determined by the epidermal conductivity, which correlates to its water content.
- the skin was thawed at RT, and the dermal side was placed at PBS for 30 min for equilibrium.
- the epidermal side was gently dried and was topically applied (200 ml/cm 2 ) with massage to the applied area. Due to the large amount of test groups, the experiment was conducted during 3 days using the same skin donor, testing a sample and its respective naive group on the same day.
- TEWL and skin hydration were determined kinetically at 0, 10, 30, 60, 120, 180 and 240-min post application, after electrode calibration, according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
- the pH of the naive group was measured kinetically in the same time points as mentioned above.
- the TEWL measurement is correlative to water leaving the skin, thus lower results mean less water leaving the skin, and better hydration, in respect to the naive untreated sample.
- Comeometry measurements indicate the hydration level of the superficial layers of the skin (stratum corneum) via measurement of skin dielectric properties. The measurements are performed by the application of a probe to the skin surface. Upon contact, an electric field passes through the stratum corneum and the dielectric constant is obtained. The value of the dielectric constant (in arbitrary units) is directly proportional to the level of skin hydration.
- Analytical balance was determined by depositing the gels to fill completely a cell of 3 mm depth with an area of 125.5 mm 2 , and measuring mass loss over time, using NMR-MOUSE. The measured mass loss reveals the evaporation rate from the sample. The rate is extracted from the corresponding slope at the first hour and after 10 minutes from the spreading to reduce the contribution of variations to the mass loss by the manual spreading. At the first hour, for this thickness of deposited gel, the rate (slope) is safely constant and can be attributed to the evaporation of unbound water.
- Measurements with the NMR-MOUSE were conducted on porcine skin from ears. Pieces from the ears skin with the dermis and epidermis layers were cut upon arrival and frozen at -20 °C. Before each measurement, a piece was defrosted at room temperature and dried by a blotting paper for several minutes. Then, for some of the samples, measurement was conducted before the deposition of the gel formulations. The spreading of the gel formulations was done with a wood popsicle stick on a marked circular area of 19 mm diameter.
- the NMR-MOUSE is equipped with a permanent magnet and surface radiofrequency (RF) coil for transmission and reception. See, Nicasy et al., Polymers 2022, 14, 798; and Bergman et al., NMR Biomed. 2015, 28, 656-666.
- the U-shaped magnet provides a strong gradient of approximately 8 T/m along the z-direction, away from the face of the magnet.
- the strong Z gradient combined with the hard RF pulses, produces a selective excitation of thin, flat slices of a few hundreds of micrometers at a distance of 25 mm from the magnet; the static magnetic field in this 25-mm space is approximately 0.3 T (with a resonance frequency of approximately 13.6 MHz).
- Cross section diameter of the RF beam was estimated to be 0.6 - 0.7 mm.
- Carr-Miligoom- Purcel-Gil (CMPG) train of RF-pulses was utilized to tilt the magnetization by 90° to the lateral plane and probe its echo.
- Step 3 A gel was spread on the substrate and covered with nylon to find a-priori the optimized height and save time for the loss rate measurement on the skin.
- Step 4 For reference, the plastic substrate was cleaned from the gel with paper and ethanol and the dry skin was tightened to the substrate with strips of red tape, see FIG. 3. Following, the magnetization signal was measured.
- Step 5 The loss rate of hydration was measured by spreading the gel on the tightened synthetic skin and after a short signal optimization (1-2 minutes). The loss rate measurement were stopped after two hours.
- Step 6 The gel was wiped from the tightened skin with paper and ethanol and the magnetization signal was measured.
- Step 7 Another reference sample of dry skin was tightened and the magnetization signal was measured.
- the magnetization signal from protons of water molecules of three samples spread on porcine skin taken from ears is shown in FIG. 10A; negative times correspond to pre-deposition state.
- the calibration procedure to optimize the signal was conducted during the first 30 minutes after glycerine deposition.
- the differences in the signal intensity just after deposition cannot be explained by the differences in the amount of deposited water, but rather by the distinct decay of the echo signal as shown in FIG. 10B, that can be attributed to different relaxation time T2, proton diffusion and exchange processes.
- This also applies to the higher pre-deposition signal from the DMPC sample relative to the DMPC-LPC.
- Each curve was therefore normalized to its initial intensity just after deposition, i.e. M(t)/M(0), as seen in FIGs. 9A-B.
- the evolution of the curves in FIGs. 9A-B exhibits three distinct regimes.
- the measurement values of the first regime, from t 0 minutes to 74/44/56 minutes for Glycerine/DMPC/DMPC-LPC, respectively, is denoted by the circles and the corresponding fitted linear curves (dotted).
- the reduction of the signal in this regime is predominated by the evaporation process of the unbound (i.e., weakly bound) water molecules.
- FIG. 11 Another way to deduce the evaporation rate of each substance without the influence of the skin is by measuring the weight loss using analytical balance as shown in FIG. 11. Both FIGs. 9A-B and FIG. 11 show curves with different slopes that correspond to the evaporation rate.
- the averaged shrinkage rate in units of pm/min can be extracted as the cell dimension, deposited volume, spread area, and the duration of evaporation are known.
- the results are summarized in Table 6 below.
- the slope values are derived from linear fitting (R 2 > 0.996) to the curves in FIGs. 9A-B, from 10 minutes after deposition (to diminish variations due to the spreading) and up to 60 minutes (to stay safely in the linear regime).
- the slope can be solely related to the evaporation of water. Indeed, the glycerine sample is seen to lose its water most rapidly, whereas the DMPC-LPC maintain the water for the longest time. Same tendency appears in the shrinkage rate that is deducted from the MOUSE-NMR. It is to be noted that in the MOUSE-NMR, other processes such as permeation into the skin and signal decay by the effective T2 may affect the result. Notwithstanding, it can be seen that the DMPC-LPC treatment consistently has the lowest nominal shrinkage rate, indicating that it persists its unbound water molecules for the longest time.
- the third regime (denoted by triangles in FIGs. 9A-B) is typified in a plateau for the Glycerine and DMPC samples, and in a wide range of values for the DMPC-LPC sample. It is thus attributed to the state where the level of embedded water is stable.
- FIG. 9B the embedded-water regime is shown.
- the slope of the DMPC-LPC (denoted by triangles) is again the most moderate, pointing to the capability of the DMPC-LPC to hold the water for longer times.
- the obtained data indicate that measurements conducted according to two techniques indicate the superiority of the DMPC-LPC over the other tested formulations in moisturizing the skin, both in the unbound- and the embedded- water regime.
- the glycerin is the smallest in dimensions and as such is expected to have the highest permeation into the skin’ s stratum corneum layers; a property that is exploited to optical clearance for Raman spectroscopy measurements of skin.
- the DMPC forms liposomes and multi-lamellar vesicles (MLV) with hydrophilic groups (carbonyl, and phosphate groups) that point radially inward and outward where they bind to water molecules.
- MUV multi-lamellar vesicles
- hydrophilic groups carbonyl, and phosphate groups
- the LPC polymer contributes the hydrophilic amide groups in addition to carbonyl and phosphate groups that also attach to water molecules. Its permeation is also expected to be shallower. Furthermore, with the water evaporation, the concentration increases such that in the case of the DMPC-LPC, a thin polymeric film (or polymeric colloids) that enclose the water, is formed. This film effectively traps the water for a longer time period and turns the DMPC-LPC to a superior moisturizer.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Birds (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Cosmetics (AREA)
Abstract
A cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) comprising a liposome or a plurality of liposomes and a cosmetically acceptable carrier is provided. At least a portion of the liposomes are made of one or more bilayer-forming lipid(s) and a polymeric compound as described and defined in the instant specification and claims. Skin care products comprising the cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition and uses thereof are also provided.
Description
LIPOSOME-CONTAINING COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS
RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of priority under 35 USC § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,088 filed on August 30, 2022.
This application also relates to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097, filed August 30, 2022, by the present assignee, the contents of which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
FIELD AND BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The present invention, in some embodiments thereof, relates to cosmetics, and, more particularly, but not exclusively, to cosmetic compositions and products having incorporated therein liposomes formed of a lipid bilayer forming material and a polymeric material.
The human skin, which is the body’s largest organ, protects against germs, regulates body temperature and enables touch (tactile) sensations. Three layers of tissue make up the skin: Hypodermis - the bottom layer, Dermis - the middle layer, and the Epidermis - the top layer. The stratum comeum is the target skin layer for many cosmetic products.
Ceramide is the main component of the stratum corneum of the epidermis layer of human skin. Together with cholesterol and saturated fatty acids, ceramide creates a water-impermeable, protective organ to prevent excessive water loss due to evaporation as well as a barrier against the entry of microorganisms. The stratum comeum is composed of 50% ceramides, 25% cholesterol, and 15% free fatty acids. These lipids form bilayers with a thickness of 4-5 nm. A particular group of ceramides contains a C36-side chain, which extends into the neighbouring bilayer, thereby “nailing” them together. Key components of the extracellular lipid lamellae of the stratum corneum are ultra-long chain (C28-C36) ceramides. With aging there is a decline in ceramide and cholesterol in the stratum corneum of humans. See, for example, Hill JR and Wertz PW (2009) Lipids, 44 (3): 291-295; Garidel P et al. (2010) Biophysical Chemistry, 150 (1-3): 144-156; Feingold KR (2007) Journal of Lipid Research, 48 (12): 2531-2546; Jennemann R et al. (2012) Human Molecular Genetics. 21 (3): 586-608; and Popa I et al. (2010) International Journal of Cosmetic Science, 32 (3): 225-232.
The degree of hydration of the skin, particularly the stratum comeum (the outmost barrier of the epidermis), is directly related to its appearance (i.e. smoothness of texture) and is also considered as an indicator of its state of health. Moreover, dry skin is more vulnerable to external aggressions. Further, the skin water content is a key factor for skin permeability to topically
applied substances, wherein increased hydration of the stratum comeum usually enhances percutaneous flux of the substance [Esposito et al. (2007) International Journal of Cosmetic Science, 29(1), pp.39-47]. Thus, maintaining the water content of the skin barrier is essential for maintaining the functionality and aesthetic appearance of the skin.
Lipids play a decisive role in creation and maintaining the barrier function of the stratum corneum. During the conversion of keratinocytes to comeocytes and the migration to the top of the skin, a tremendous activity of anabolism and catabolism of lipidic material is going on. As one of the consequences of the phospholipase activity in the stratum corneum, the phospholipid percentage of the lipid composition decreases dramatically from the basal layer (about 50 %) to the stratum corneum (< 5 %), and the fatty acid content in the stratum comeum significantly increases.
Studies have shown that the stratum comeum is not a homogeneous matrix in itself; yet, it forms a very heterogeneous structure and contains besides comeocytes and multilamellar lipid layers a variety of other biologically active substances.
A lipid is a biomolecule that is soluble in non-polar solvents. Non-polar solvents are typically hydrocarbons used to dissolve substances that are essentially water- immiscible, including fatty acids, waxes, sterols, fat-soluble vitamins (such as vitamins A, D, E, and K), mono glycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides, and phospholipids.
Fatty acids and lipids have been used as components of various cosmetic products due to their biocompatibility and ability to protect and improve skin barriers and appearance. For example, lipids have a high adhesiveness to the skin that leads to a film formation onto the skin and thus assists in the repair of defects in the natural skin barrier and reinforcement of thin natural lipid film. This re-creation of the skin barrier has an anti-pollution effect. Moreover, lipids lead to occlusion created by the particle film on the skin which in turn increases the skin hydration and maintains proper living conditions for the basal keratinocytes cells that constitute most of the epidermis layer.
In cosmetics products, the biodegradable phospholipids can be used as in formulations for suspensions, oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions and mixed micelles.
Phospholipids are a class of lipids whose molecule has a hydrophilic "head" containing a phosphate group and two hydrophobic "tails" derived from fatty acids, joined by an alcohol residue (usually a glycerol molecule). In typical membrane phospholipids, for instance in phosphatidylcholine (PC), the phosphate group is further esterified with additional alcohol, and in phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) with ethanolamine. Depending upon the structure of the polar
region and pH of the medium, PC and PE are zwitterionic and have a neutral charge at pH values of about 7, whereas other phospholipids can be negatively charged.
When mixed with an aqueous phase, phospholipids can form various structures, depending on the number and type of fatty acids esterified to the glycerol backbone and the ratio of the surface areas occupied by the hydrophilic and lipophilic part of the phospholipid molecule. Diacylphospholipids (like PC and PE) having a cylindrical shape are typically organized as lipid bilayers (liposomes) with the hydrophobic tails lined up against one another and the hydrophilic head group facing the water on both sides. The bilayer membrane of such a liposome resembles the basic structure of cellular membranes, rendering it both biocompatible and having a beneficial interaction with skin cells.
Phospholipids have been used in cosmetics, typically as surface active agents (e.g., emulsifiers), and/or for enhancing skin penetration, and have also been used as bilayer lipid- forming materials.
Phospholipid polymers have been used to modify the surface structure of cell membranes. Phospholipid polymers suppress adsorption of proteins, feature high biocompatibility, and can retain moisture retention on the surface of the skin, making them an appealing raw material in cosmetics.
2-Methacryloyloxyethyl phosphorylcholine (MPC) is a biomimetic biocompatible material with a structure similar to the skin cell membrane, and has been used in various fields such as cosmetics and personal care products, contact lens, contact lens storage and cleaning solutions, medical devices, textiles, cell culture equipment, etc.
Co-polymers, including block co-polymers, made of MPC and hydrophobic methacrylate monomers that feature, for example, alkyl pendant groups (e.g., butyl or higher alkyls), have been described as improving moisture retention capability of the skin, and have been introduced to various cosmetic formulations.
International Patent Application Publication No. WO 2017/109784 describes polymeric compounds comprising a lipid moiety and an ionic polymeric moiety, such as a pMPC (poly(O-(2- methacryloyloxyethyl)phosphorylcholine)) moiety, as well as bilayers and liposomes comprising such a polymeric compound in combination with a bilayer-forming lipid. The bilayers and/or liposomes comprising such polymeric compounds are described as being useful for reducing a friction coefficient of a surface and/or for inhibiting biofilm formation.
Additional background art includes International Patent Application publications WO 2016/051413 and WO 2018/150429; FR 2774286; EP 3662890; JP 6679308; and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,744,145, 11,260,021, 5,653,966 and 8,956,668.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) comprising a liposome and a cosmetically acceptable carrier, wherein the liposome comprises: a) at least one bilayer-forming lipid; and b) a polymeric compound having the general formula I:
Formula I wherein: m is zero or a positive integer; n is an integer which is at least 2, at least 5, preferably at least 10 (e.g., of from 10 to 200);
Y is a backbone unit which forms a polymeric backbone of the polymeric compound;
L is absent or is a linking moiety;
Formula II wherein: the curved line denotes an attachment point to the respective Y backbone unit;
A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon;
B is an oxygen atom or is absent;
R1-R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclic, aryl and heteroaryl; and
Formula IV wherein:
Fi, F2, F3 and F4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, acyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, carboxy, thiocarboxy, wherein at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is not hydrogen and is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length;
J is -O-P(=O)(OH)-O- or absent;
K is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length or absent;
M is a linking group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, amino, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, carbamyl, thiocarbamyl, amido, carboxy, and sulfonamide, or absent; and
Q is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length, or absent, wherein when M is absent, Q is also absent, and when J is absent, M is not absent, provided that: when J is -O-P(=O)(OH)-O-, M is other than amido and/or Q comprises an aryl moiety.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is an alkoxy, thioalkoxy, acyl or carboxy of at least 10 carbon atoms in length.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is derived from a fatty acid selected from the group consisting of lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, M is carboxy.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, K is an alkyl.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is -P(=O)(OH)-O-; M is amido; and Q is a hydrocarbon substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, Q is a methylene substituted by at least one aryl.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J and K are each absent.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J and K are each absent and M is carboxy.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently the thioalkoxy.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently the carboxy.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, at least one or both of Fi and F2 is the carboxy and at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, Y is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene unit.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, Y is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene unit.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, Y has the formula - CR4R5-CR6D-, wherein: when Y is a backbone unit which is not attached to the L or the Z, D is R7; and when Y is a backbone unit which is attached to the L or the Z, D is a covalent bond or a linking group attaching Y to the L or the Z, the linking group being selected from the group consisting of -O-, - S-, alkylene, arylene, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C- amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, and amino; and
R4-R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, cyano, nitro, azide, azo, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O- thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, and amino.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, R4-R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, R4 and R5 are each hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, Re is hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the linking group is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)NH- and phenylene.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the linking group is - C(=O)O-.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, L is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, L is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, B is an oxygen atom.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, A is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, R1-R3 are each independently hydrogen or Ci-4-alkyl.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, R1-R3 are each methyl.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, n ranges from 10 to 200.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, n is at least 30.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, n ranges from 30 to 70, or from 30 to 60.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, n is at least 50, or at least 60.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, n ranges from 50 to 150, or from 60 to 150, or from 50 to 80, or from 60 to 80.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, n ranges from 60 to 80.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, n is at least 80, or ranges from 80 to 150, or from 80 to 120.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, m ranges from 0 to 50.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, at least a portion of the backbone units Y, the L and/or the Z comprise at least one targeting moiety, as described herein.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, a mol ratio of the bilayerforming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 5:1 to 5,000:1, or from 10:1 to 1,000:1, or 10:1 to 100:1 or from 10:1 to 50:1, or from 100:1 to 200:1. According to some of any
of the embodiments described herein, at least a portion of the liposomes comprises a plurality of liposomes as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, a polydispersity index of the liposomes is lower than 1, or lower than 0.8, or lower than 0.6.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, a mean diameter of the liposomes is in a range of from 50 to 5,000 nm, or from 500 to 5,000 nm, or from 500 to 3500 nm, or from 200 to 2,000 nm, or from 200 to 1,000 nm, or from 400 to 1,000 nm, or from 400 to 800 nm.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, an amount of the bilayerforming lipid in the composition in a range of from 0.1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, a weight ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 1:1 to 3,000:1, or from 1:1 to 1,000:1, or from 1:1 to 500:1, or from 1:1 to 300:1, or from 1:1 to 100:1, or from 1:1 to 50:1, or from 5:1 to 50:1, or from 5:1 to 30:1.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition is formulated for topical application.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the carrier comprises an aqueous liquid.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the liposome is, or the plurality of liposomes are, included in the aqueous liquid.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the carrier forms a composition in a form of a cream, an ointment, a gel, a lotion, a soap, a shampoo, a water-in-oil emulsion, an oil-in-water emulation, a water-in-oil-in water emulation, an oil-in water-in oil emulsion.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, a total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 0.1 to 10, or from 0.1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition is in a form of a gel and a total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition is in a form of a cream or an emulsion and a total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric
compound is in a range of from 0.1 to 5, or from 0.1 to 1, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a skin care product comprising the cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a composition as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof or the skin care product as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof, for use in skin hydration.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a composition as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof or the skin care product as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof, for use in treating a damaged keratinous tissue.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a method of performing a cosmetic care in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising applying to the skin of the subject an effective amount of the composition as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof or the skin care product as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof, thereby performing the cosmetic care.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and/or scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention pertains. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of embodiments of the invention, exemplary methods and/or materials are described below. In case of conflict, the patent specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and are not intended to be necessarily limiting.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL VIEWS OF THE DRAWINGS
Some embodiments of the invention are herein described, by way of example only, with reference to the accompanying drawings. With specific reference now to the drawings in detail, it is stressed that the particulars shown are by way of example and for purposes of illustrative discussion of embodiments of the invention. In this regard, the description taken with the drawings makes apparent to those skilled in the art how embodiments of the invention may be practiced.
In the drawings:
FIG. 1 presents a scheme showing an exemplary synthetic protocol for preparing an exemplary polymeric compound (lipid-polymer conjugate; LPC) according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 2A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-777 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 2A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 2B).
FIG. 2C presents the TEWL of IM22-777 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
FIGs. 3A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-778 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 3 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 3B).
FIG. 3C presents the TEWL of IM22-778 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
FIGs. 4A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-754 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 4A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 4B).
FIG. 4C presents the TEWL of IM22-754 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
FIGs. 5A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-744 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 5 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 5B).
FIG. 6 presents graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-732 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736).
FIGs. 7A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-782 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 7A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 7B).
FIG. 7C presents the TEWL of IM22-782 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
FIGs. 8A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-780 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 8 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 2B).
FIG. 9A presents comparative plots showing the magnetization signal from different gels on porcine skin, normalized to compensate for the different signal-decaying processes shown.
Fitted dotted and dashed lines correspond to the unbound- and embedded-water regimes. The vertical dashed lines represent the calculation for the expected completion time of evaporation.
FIG. 9B presents a magnified portion of FIG. 9A, zooming mainly on the central embedded water regime shown in FIG. 9A, comprising 3 formulae, as shown by the dashed lines. The DMPC- LPC consistently has the smallest slope, meaning the lowest nominal shrinkage rate, indicating that it persists its embedded water molecules for the longest time.
FIG. 10A presents comparative plots showing the magnetization signal from different gels on porcine skin (absolute values).
FIG. 10B presents comparative plots showing the decay of echo signal along 1207t-pulses after the 7t/2 -pulse. Each point is an average of 100 such sequence iterations
FIG. 11 presents comparative plots showing the accumulated and averaged mass loss after gel deposition as measured by the analytical balance. Blue circles - 5% Glycerine; red squares - DMPC; green triangles - DMPC-LPC.
DESCRIPTION OF SPECIFIC EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION
The present invention, in some embodiments thereof, relates to cosmetics, and, more particularly, but not exclusively, to cosmetic compositions and products having incorporated therein liposomes formed of a lipid bilayer forming material and a polymeric material.
Before explaining at least one embodiment of the invention in detail, it is to be understood that the invention is not necessarily limited in its application to the details set forth in the following description or exemplified by the Examples. The invention is capable of other embodiments or of being practiced or carried out in various ways.
While investigating liposome-containing solutions, the present inventors have found that incorporating liposomes comprising a lipid-derived polymeric compound, also referred to herein as “a polymeric compound” “a lipid-polymer conjugate” or abbreviated as “LPC”, and optionally a bilayer-forming lipid, in topical compositions or formulations, successfully increases skin hydration and also increases the duration of the hydration layer on the skin (see, the Examples section which follows). The present inventors have conceived using these liposomes as an advantageous component of cosmetic compositions, formulations, or products, particularly in such compositions, formulations or products that advantageously utilize phospholipids, or phospholipid-containing polymeric materials, in addition to, or instead of, phospholipids or phospholipid-containing polymeric materials that are currently commonly included in cosmetic compositions, formulations or products.
Consequently, specific embodiments of the present teachings suggest cosmetic formulations (e.g., for topical application) comprising these lipid-derived polymeric compounds and/or liposomes comprising same.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the polymeric compounds are as described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097, filed August 30, 2022 and/or in a co-filed PCT International Patent Application having Attorney’s Docket No. 97558, which claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention, there is provided a cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition comprising a liposome as defined herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof and a cosmetically acceptable carrier.
As used herein throughout, the term “cosmetic” with regard to any of the compositions and methods (and any other aspect) disclosed herein, describes compositions that enhance the appearance or odor of the human body.
In some embodiments, the term “cosmetic” follows the definition regulatory authorities worldwide. For example, in some embodiments, the term “cosmetic” follows the definition of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), as being “intended to be applied to the human body for cleansing, beautifying, promoting attractiveness, or altering the appearance without affecting the body's structure or functions”.
As used herein, the phrase "cosmeceutical composition" describes a composition for topical administration as a cosmetic, which comprises a biologically active ingredient, that is, a compound that exhibits a biological activity such as, for example, anti-inflammatory, anti-bacterial and/or anti-oxidation activity.
The phrase "keratinous material" or “keratinous substrate” or “keratinous tissue”, which are used interchangeably herein, means, in some embodiments of the present invention, a material, substrate or tissue that is enriched with keratin, including, for example, nails, hair and skin, and especially bodily areas like the face, cheeks, hands, body, legs, around the eyes, the eyelids and the lips.
"Skin" means the outermost protective covering of mammals that is composed of cells such as keratinocytes, fibroblasts and melanocytes. Skin includes an outer epidermal layer and an underlying dermal layer. Skin may also include hair and nails as well as other types of cells commonly associated with skin, such as, for example, myocytes, Merkel cells, Langerhans cells, macrophages, stem cells, sebocytes, nerve cells and adipocytes.
As used herein and in the art, the term “liposome” refers to an artificially prepared vesicle comprising a bilayer composed of molecules of an amphiphilic lipid. In an aqueous medium, the
bilayer is typically configured such that hydrophilic moieties of the amphiphilic lipid are exposed to the medium at both surfaces of the bilayer, whereas lipophilic moieties of the lipid are located in the internal portion of the bilayer, and therefore less exposed to the medium. Examples of liposomes which may be used in any one of the embodiments described herein include, without limitation, small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles.
As described herein, the liposome according to embodiments comprises, inter alia, a polymeric compound.
Polymeric compounds (LPCs):
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the invention, there are provided polymeric compounds collectively represented by Formula I:
Formula I wherein: m is zero or a positive integer; n is an integer which is at least 2, at least 5, preferably at least 10 (e.g., of from 10 to 200);
Y is a backbone unit which forms a polymeric backbone of the polymeric compound; X is a lipid moiety as described herein in any of the respective embodiments;
E is absent or is a linking moiety; and
Formula II wherein:
the dashed (curved) line denotes an attachment point to the respective Y backbone unit or to the linking moiety L, if present;
A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon;
B is an oxygen atom or is absent; and
R1-R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclic, aryl and heteroaryl, as described in more detail herein below.
Formula I may also be described herein simply as:
X-[Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m- which is to be regarded as interchangeable with the schematic depiction hereinabove, wherein X is a lipid moiety conjugated to the -[Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m- polymeric moiety.
Polymeric moiety:
Herein, the term "polymeric" refers to a compound having at least 2 repeating units (and more preferably at least 3 repeating units), the repeating units being identical or similar. It is to be appreciated that the compound of general Formula I is by definition polymeric when n is at least 2, as it comprises at least 2 of the backbone units represented by Y.
Herein, the phrase "polymeric moiety" refers to the portion of the polymeric compound (according to any of the embodiments described herein relating to general Formula I) which has the general Formula la:
Formula la wherein m, n, Y, L and Z are as defined herein for general Formula I, and the dashed (curved) line represents an attachment point to the X lipid moiety.
Formula la may also be described herein simply as:
-[Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m-
which is to be regarded as interchangeable with the schematic depiction hereinabove.
Herein, the phrase "polymeric compound" further encompasses compounds having a "polymeric moiety" as described herein having at least one unit (e.g., according to Formula la wherein n is at least 1), provided that the lipid moiety described herein (e.g., the lipid moiety represented by X) has a similar unit. For example, when the lipid moiety comprises a phosphate group (e.g., the lipid moiety is a glycerophospholipid moiety), and a single unit of the polymeric moiety has a phosphate group, the two phosphate groups may be regarded as repeating units.
In preferred embodiments, however, n is at least 2, such that the polymeric moiety per se has at least two units. In some embodiments, n is at least 3.
As used herein, the term "backbone unit" refers to a repeating unit, wherein linkage of a plurality of the repeating unit (e.g., sequential linkage) forms a polymeric backbone. A plurality of linked repeating units per se is also referred to herein as a "polymeric backbone". A polymeric moiety as described herein can comprise a plurality of repeating backbone units which identical to one another, and thereby form a homopolymeric moiety, or, alternatively, can comprise two or more types of repeating backbone units, which can be linked to one another randomly or in a certain order (e.g., as two or more blocks, or in alternating order), and thereby form a copolymer moiety.
As shown in Formulae I and la, L and Z together form a pendant group of at least a portion of the backbone units, which group is referred to herein for brevity simply as the "pendant group".
Each backbone unit Y with a pendant group (i.e., a unit represented by Y (-L-Z), the number of which is represented by the variable n) and each backbone unit Y without a pendant group (the number of which is represented by the variable m) is also referred to herein as a "monomeric unit".
A backbone unit may optionally be a unit of a polymerizable monomer or polymerizable moiety of a monomer. A wide variety of polymerizable monomers and moieties will be known to the skilled person, and the structure of the units of such monomers which result upon polymerization (e.g., monomeric units) will also be known to the skilled person.
A "unit of a polymerizable monomer" refers to a modified form of a polymerizable monomer and/or a portion of a polymerizable monomer that remains after polymerization.
A portion of a polymerizable monomer may be formed, for example, by a condensation reaction, e.g., wherein at least one atom or group (e.g., a hydrogen atom or hydroxyl group) in the monomer, and optionally at least two atoms or groups (e.g., a hydrogen atom and a hydroxyl group) in the monomer, is replaced with a covalent bond with another polymerizable monomer.
A modified form of a polymerizable monomer may be formed, for example, by ringopening (wherein a covalent bond between two atoms in a ring is broken, and each of the two
atoms optionally becomes linked to another polymerizable monomer); and/or by adding to an unsaturated bond, wherein an unsaturated bond between two adjacent atoms is broken (e.g., conversion of an unsaturated double bond to a saturated bond, or conversion of an unsaturated triple bond to an unsaturated double bond) and the two atoms optionally each become linked to another polymerizable monomer.
A modified form of a polymerizable monomer may consist essentially of the same atoms as the original monomer, for example, different merely in the rearrangement of covalent bonds, or alternatively, may have a different atomic composition, for example, wherein polymerization includes a condensation reaction (e.g., as described herein).
Examples of backbone units include, without limitation, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbons (which may form a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon backbone), such as alkylene units; hydroxycarboxylic acid units (which may form a polyester backbone), e.g., glycolate, lactate, hydroxybutyrate, hydroxyvalerate, hydroxycaproate and hydroxybenzoate units; dicarboxylic acid units (which may form a polyester backbone in combination with a diol and/or a polyamide in combination with a diamine), e.g., adipate, succinate, terephthalate and naphthalene dicarboxylic acid units; diol units (which may form a polyether backbone, or form a polyester backbone in combination with a dicarboxylic acid), e.g., ethylene glycol, 1,2- propanediol, 1,3 -propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, and bisphenol A units; diamine units (which may form a polyamide backbone in combination with a dicarboxylic acid), e.g., para-phenylene diamine and alkylene diamines such hexylene diamine; carbamate units (which may form a polyurethane backbone); amino acid residues (which may form a polypeptide backbone); and saccharide moieties (which may form a polysaccharide backbone).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, Y is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene unit.
In some embodiments, Y is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene unit, that is, an alkylene unit 2 atoms in length.
Polymeric backbones wherein Y is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene unit may optionally be a polymeric backbone such as formed by polymerizing ethylene (CH2=CH2) and/or substituted derivatives thereof (also referred to herein as "vinyl monomers"). Such polymerization is a very well-studied procedure, and one of ordinary skill in the art will be aware of numerous techniques for effecting such polymerization.
It is to be understood that any embodiments described herein relating to a polymeric backbone formed by a polymerization encompass any polymeric backbone having a structure
which can be formed by such polymerization, regardless of whether the polymeric backbone was formed in practice by such polymerization (or any other type of polymerization).
As is well known in the art, the unsaturated bond of ethylene and substituted ethylene derivatives becomes saturated upon polymerization, such that the backbone units in a polymeric backbone formed by the polymerization are saturated, although they may be referred to as units of an unsaturated compound (e.g., a "vinyl monomer" or “olefin monomer”) to which they are analogous.
Polymers which can be formed from unsaturated monomers such as vinyl monomers and olefin monomers are also referred to by the terms "polyvinyl" and "polyolefin", respectively.
Herein, an "unsubstituted" alkylene unit (e.g., ethylene unit) refers to an alkylene unit which does not have any substituent other than the pendant group discussed herein (represented as (-L-Z)). That is, an alkylene unit attached to the aforementioned pendant group is considered unsubstituted if there are no substituents at any other positions on the alkylene unit.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, Y has the formula - CR4R5-CR6D-.
When Y is a backbone unit which is not attached to L or Z (i.e., to a pendant group as described herein), D is R7 (an end group, as defined herein); and when Y is a backbone unit which is attached to L or Z, D is a covalent bond or a linking group attaching Y to L or Z. The linking group may optionally be -O-, -S-, arylene, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, or amino.
R4-R7 are each independently hydrogen, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, cyano, nitro, azide, azo, phosphate phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, or amino.
Herein throughout, the phrase “linking group” describes a group (e.g., a substituent) that is attached to two or more moieties in the compound.
Herein throughput, the phrase “end group” describes a group (e.g., a substituent) that is attached to a single moiety in the compound via one atom thereof.
When each of R4-R6 is hydrogen, and D is a covalent bond or linking group, Y is an unsubstituted ethylene group attached (via D) to a pendant group described herein.
When each of R4-R7 is hydrogen (and D is R7), Y is an unsubstituted ethylene group which is not attached to a pendant group described herein.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, R4 and R5 are each hydrogen. Such embodiments include polymeric backbones formed from many widely used vinyl monomers (including ethylene), including, for example, olefins (e.g., ethylene, propylene, 1- butylene, isobutylene, 4-methyl-l -pentene), vinyl chloride, styrene, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylate and derivatives thereof (e.g., acrylate esters, acrylamides), and methacrylate and derivatives thereof (e.g., methacrylate esters, methacrylamides).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, Re is hydrogen. In some such embodiments, R4 and R5 are each hydrogen.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, Re is methyl. In some such embodiments, R4 and R5 are each hydrogen. In some such embodiments, the backbone unit is a unit of methacrylate or a derivative thereof (e.g., methacrylate ester, methacrylamide).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the linking group represented by the variable D is -O-, -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)NH- or phenylene. In exemplary embodiments, D is -C(=O)O-.
For example, the backbone unit may optionally be a vinyl alcohol derivative (e.g., an ester or ether of a vinyl alcohol unit) when D is -O-; an acrylate or methacrylate derivative (e.g., an ester of an acrylate or methacrylate unit) when D is -C(=O)O-; an acrylamide or methacrylamide unit when D is -C(=O)NH-; and/or a styrene derivative (e.g., a substituted styrene unit) when D is phenylene.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, L is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length. In some embodiments, the hydrocarbon is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, the hydrocarbon is a linear, unsubstituted hydrocarbon, that is, -(CH2 - wherein i is an integer from 1 to 10.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, L is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group. In some embodiments, L is an unsubstituted ethylene group (- CH2CH2-).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, B is an oxygen atom. In some such embodiments, L is a hydrocarbon according to any of the respective embodiments described herein (i.e., L is not absent), and Z is a phosphate group attached to L.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, B is absent. In some such embodiments, L is a hydrocarbon according to any of the respective embodiments described herein (i.e., L is not absent), and Z is a phosphonate group attached to L. In some embodiments, L is also absent, such that the phosphorus atom of Formula II is attached directly to Y.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, A is an unsubstituted hydrocarbon. In some such embodiments, the unsubstituted hydrocarbon is from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length. In some embodiments, the hydrocarbon is a linear, unsubstituted hydrocarbon, that is, -(CH2)j- wherein j is an integer from 1 to 4.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, A is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, A is an unsubstituted ethylene group (-CH2CH2-). In such embodiments, the moiety having general Formula II (represented by the variable Z) is similar or identical to a phosphoethanolamine or phosphocholine moiety. Phosphoethanolamine and phosphocholine moieties are present in many naturally occurring compounds (e.g., phosphatidylcholines, phosphatidylethanolamines).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, A is an ethylene group substituted by a C-carboxy group. In some embodiments, the C-carboxy is attached to the carbon atom adjacent to the nitrogen atom depicted in Formula II (rather than the carbon atom attached to the depicted oxygen atom). In such embodiments, the moiety having general Formula II (represented by the variable Z) is similar or identical to a phosphoserine moiety. Phosphoserine is present in many naturally occurring compounds (e.g., phosphatidylserines).
Without being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that moieties similar or identical to naturally occurring moieties such as phosphocholine, phosphoethanolamine and/or phosphoserine may be particularly biocompatible.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, R1-R3 (the substituents of the nitrogen atom depicted in general Formula II) are each independently hydrogen or C1-4- alkyl. In some embodiments, R1-R3 are each independently hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R1-R3 are each methyl. In some such embodiments, R1-R3 are each hydrogen.
The variable n may be regarded as representing a number of backbone units (represented by the variable Y) which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z), and the variable m may be regarded as representing a number of backbone units which are not substituted by such a pendant group. The sum n+m may be regarded as representing the total number of backbone units in the polymeric backbone. The ratio n/(n+m) may be regarded as representing the fraction of backbone units which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the percentage of backbone units (represented by the variable Y) which are substituted by the pendant group
represented by (-L-Z) (as represented by the formula 100%*n/(n+m)) is at least 20 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 30 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 40 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 50 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 60 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 70 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 80 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 90 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 95 %. In some embodiments, the percentage of backbone units substituted by the aforementioned pendant group is at least 98 %.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is 0, such that each of the backbone units (represented by the variable Y) is substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is at least 5. In some embodiments, n is at least 10. In some embodiments, n is at least 15.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from
2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 2 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 2 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 2 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 2 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from
3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some
embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 25, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 180, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 150, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween 0. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is at least 30.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 30 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 30 to 180, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 30 to 150, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 30 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween 0. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 30 to 70, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 35 to 65, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is at least 50, or at least 60, or at least 80.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 180, including any
intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 150, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, when n is lower than 80, or lower than 70, or lower than 50, or lower than 30, or is in a range of from 10 to 50, or from 30 to 60, or from 30 to 80, or from 30 to 70, or from 50 to 80, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “short” or “S”.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, when n is higher than 80, or is higher than 100, or is in a range of from 50 to 150, or from 50 to 120, or from 80 to 150, or from 80 to 120, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “long” or “L”.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is in a range of from 0 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween, such that the total number of backbone units is in a range of from 2 to 2,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges
therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is in a range of from 0 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is in a range of from 0 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5
to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is in a range of from 0 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 500. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is in a range of from 0 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is in a range of from 0 to 20, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, m is in a range of from 0 to 10, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 2 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 1,000, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 500, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 200, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 100, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 3 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 5 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some embodiments, n is in a range of from 10 to 50, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some of any of the embodiments described herein for m, n is in a range of from 30 to 70, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, or represents a short polymeric moiety, as described herein. In some such embodiments, n is in a range of from 50 to 80, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein for m, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, or represents a long polymeric moiety, as described herein.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the backbone unit Y which is substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) is the same as the backbone unit Y which is not substituted by the pendant group (e.g., when m is at least 1). In alternative embodiments, at least a portion of the backbone units Y which are substituted by the pendant group are different than a portion of the backbone unit Y which is not substituted by the pendant group (e.g., when m is at least 1).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the plurality (indicated by the variable n) of backbone units Y which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) are the same as each other. In alternative embodiments, at least a portion of the plurality of backbone units Y which are substituted by the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) are different from a second portion of the plurality of backbone units Y which are substituted by the pendant group.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the plurality (indicated by the variable n) of pendant groups (-L-Z) attached to the plurality of backbone units Y are the same as each other. In alternative embodiments, at least a portion of the pendant groups (-L-Z) attached to the plurality of backbone units Y are different from each other (e.g., differ in the identity of any one or more of A, B, Ri, R2, R3 and L).
In any of the embodiments described herein wherein more than one backbone unit Y is not substituted by the pendant group described herein (i.e., when m is greater than 1), the plurality (indicated by the variable m) of backbone units Y which are not substituted by the pendant group are the same as each other. In alternative embodiments wherein m is larger than 1 , at least a portion of the backbone units Y which are not substituted by the pendant group described herein, are different from at least a second portion of the plurality of backbone units Y which are not substituted by the pendant group.
The number of types of backbone units substituted by the pendant group, the number of types of backbone units not substituted by the pendant group (if any such units are present), and/or the number of types of pendant group in the polymeric moiety may each independently be any number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the polymeric moiety is a copolymer moiety, that is, the polymeric moiety comprises at least two different types of monomeric unit. In some such embodiments, the different types of monomeric units differ in whether they comprise the pendant group (-L-Z) according to any of the respective embodiments described herein (e.g., when m is at least 1), and/or the different types of monomeric units differ
in the type of backbone unit Y, and/or the different types of monomeric units differ in the type of pendant group (-L-Z).
For example, in some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein the backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units may optionally be the same or different, while the L and Z moieties are the same among the Y(-L-Z) units. In some such embodiments, backbone units not substituted by the pendant group (if any such units are present) may optionally be the same as backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units. Alternatively, backbone units not substituted by the pendant group (if any such units are present) may optionally be different than backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units (while optionally being the same among all backbone units not substituted by the pendant group).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein the L moiety in each of the Y(-L-Z) units may optionally be the same or different, while the backbone units Y and the Z moieties are the same among the Y(-L-Z) units. In some such embodiments, backbone units not substituted by the pendant group (if any such units are present) may optionally be the same as backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units. Alternatively, backbone units not substituted by the pendant group (if any such units are present) may optionally be different than backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units (while optionally being the same among all backbone units not substituted by the pendant group).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein the Z moiety in each of the Y(-L-Z) units may optionally be the same or different, while the backbone units Y and the Z moieties are the same among the Y(-L-Z) units. In some such embodiments, backbone units not substituted by the pendant group (if any such units are present) may optionally be the same as backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units. Alternatively, backbone units not substituted by the pendant group (if any such units are present) may optionally be different than backbone unit Y in each of the Y(-L-Z) units (while optionally being the same among all backbone units not substituted by the pendant group).
In any of the embodiments described herein wherein the polymeric moiety is a copolymer moiety, any two or more different types of monomeric unit may be distributed randomly or non- randomly throughout the polymeric moiety. When different types of monomeric unit are distributed non-randomly, the copolymer may be one characterized by any non-random distribution, for example, an alternating copolymer, a periodic copolymer, and/or a block copolymer.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, the polymeric moiety, which is attached at one of its termini to the lipid moiety X, can have various terminal groups at the other
terminus (i.e., at the terminus near the backbone unit Y without a pendant group, wherein m is at least 1 ; or at the other terminus near the backbone unit Y with a pendant group, wherein m is zero).
The terminal group can be an intrinsic terminal group, derived from the monomers used to form the polymeric compound and/or from the process used to polymerize the monomers, or can be otherwise conjugated to, or generated within, the terminus of the polymeric moiety. For example, the terminal group can be hydrogen, halo, alkyl, hydroxy, carboxy and the like, or can be a targeting moiety, as described in further detail hereinafter. In some of any of the embodiments described herein, the terminal group is hydrogen or halo. In some of any of the embodiments described herein the terminal group is derived from the initiator used to form the polymeric compound as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and exemplified in the Examples section that follows, and in some of these embodiments the terminal group is a halo (e.g., chloro or bromo).
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, the terminal group is a functional group that is suitable for electron transfer radical polymerization, e.g., variable Ri in Formula V, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, when n is lower than 60, or lower than 50, or lower than 30, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “short” or “S”.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, when n is lower than 80 but higher than 50 or higher than 60, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “medium”.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, when n is higher than 80, or higher than 90, or higher than 100, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, the polymeric compound is referred to herein as “long” or “L”.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 50 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 60 to 120, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, or from 90 to 120, or from 100 to 120, or from 100 to 110, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some such embodiments, m is 0.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein for m, n is in a range of from 80 to 120, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, or represents a long polymeric moiety, as described herein.
Lipid moiety:
The lipid moiety (represented by the variable X in Formula I herein) according to any of the embodiments in this section may be attached to a polymeric moiety according to any of the embodiments described in the section herein relating to the polymeric moiety.
The lipid moiety may optionally be derived from any lipid known in the art (including, but not limited to, a naturally occurring lipid). Derivation of the lipid moiety from the lipid may optionally consist of substituting a hydrogen atom at any position of the lipid with the polymeric moiety represented in general Formula I by [Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m (i.e., the polymeric moiety represented by general Formula la).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the lipid moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) is attached to a Y(-L-Z) unit (according to any of the embodiments described herein relating to Y, L and/or Z), that is, backbone unit substituted by the pendant group described herein (e.g., rather than a backbone unit not substituted by the pendant group).
Alternatively or additionally, in some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein wherein m is at least 1, the lipid moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) may optionally be attached to a backbone unit (Y) which is not substituted by a pendant group described herein (e.g., rather than attached to a backbone unit substituted by the pendant group). For example, the polymeric moiety may optionally be a copolymer wherein the identity of the backbone unit attached to the lipid moiety varies randomly between molecules. Thus, the depiction of X in Formula I as being attached to a backbone unit substituted by a pendant group (i.e., Y-(L-Z)) rather than to an unsubstituted backbone unit Y is arbitrary, and is not intended to be limiting.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the lipid moiety is a moiety of a lipid which is a fatty acid, a monoglyceride, a diglyceride, a triglyceride, a glycerophospholipid, a sphingolipid, or a sterol. In some embodiments, the lipid is a glyceropho spholipid .
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the lipid moiety comprises at least one fatty acid moiety (e.g., an acyl group derived from a fatty acid). The fatty acid moiety may be derived from a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid. For example, the lipid moiety may consist of a fatty acid moiety, or be a monoglyceride moiety comprising one fatty acid
moiety, a diglyceride moiety comprising two fatty acid moieties, or a triglyceride moiety comprising three fatty acid moieties.
Examples of fatty acid moieties which may optionally be comprised by the lipid moiety include, without limitation, lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
Suitable examples of glycerophospholipids include, without limitation, a phosphatidyl ethanolamine, a phosphatidyl serine, a phosphatidyl glycerol and a phosphatidyl inositol.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, the lipid moiety represented by the variable X has the general Formula I is represented by Formula IV :
Formula IV wherein: the dashed (curved) line denotes an attachment point to the polymeric backbone (i.e., via the respective Y backbone unit);
Fi, F2, F3 and F4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, acyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, carboxy, thiocarboxy, wherein at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is not hydrogen and is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length;
J is -O-P(=O)(OH)-O- or absent;
K is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length or absent;
M is a linking group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, amino, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, carbamyl, thiocarbamyl, amido, carboxy, and sulfonamide, or absent; and
Q is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length, or absent, wherein when M is absent, Q is also absent.
Q is attached to a backbone unit of the polymeric backbone according to any of the respective embodiments described herein, or alternatively, when Q is absent, M is attached to the aforementioned backbone unit.
When M is absent, Q is also absent, and K is attached to a backbone unit of the polymeric backbone according to any of the respective embodiments described herein.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV, when J is absent, M is not absent.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV, when J is -O-P(=O)(OH)-O-, M is other than amido and/or Q comprises an aryl moiety.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV, at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is an alkoxy, thioalkoxy, acyl or carboxy, preferably of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length.
In some such embodiments, the alkoxy, thioalkoxy, acyl and/or carboxy has an alkyl moiety that is derived from a fatty acid acyl, as described herein, and is, for example, lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV, at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a thioalkoxy. In some of these embodiments, the thioalkoxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length. In exemplary embodiments, the alkyl is 15 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid. In some of these embodiments, the thioalkoxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid. In some of these embodiments, each of Fi and F2 is independently a thioalkoxy as described herein, and can be the same or different, preferably the same. In some of these embodiments, F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a carboxy. In some of these embodiments, the carboxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length. In exemplary embodiments, the carboxy is 16 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid. In some of these embodiments, the carboxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid. In some of these embodiments, at least one or both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments. In some of these embodiments, both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, which can be the same or different and is preferably the same. In some of any of these embodiments, at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl, which can be the same or different. In some such embodiments, the alkyl is a short alkyl of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, for example, methyl. Alternatively, each of F3 and F4 is hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, M is other than amido.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, M is carboxy.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, M is carboxy and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a thioalkoxy. In some of these embodiments, the thioalkoxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length. In exemplary embodiments, the alkyl is 15 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid. In some of these embodiments, the thioalkoxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid. In some of these embodiments, each of Fi and F2 is independently a thioalkoxy as described herein, and can be the same or different, preferably the same. In some of these embodiments, F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, M is carboxy and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a carboxy. In some of these embodiments, the carboxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length. In exemplary embodiments, the carboxy is 16 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid. In some of these embodiments, the carboxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid. In some of these embodiments, at least one or both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments. In some of these embodiments, both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, which can be the same or different and is preferably the same. In some of any of these embodiments, at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl, which can be the same or different. In some such embodiments, the alkyl is a short alkyl of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, for example, methyl. Alternatively, each of F3 and F4 is hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent and M is other than amido.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent and M is carboxy.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent, and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a thioalkoxy. In some of these embodiments, the thioalkoxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length. In exemplary embodiments, the alkyl is 15 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid. In some of these embodiments, the thioalkoxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid,
stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid. In some of these embodiments, each of Fi and F2 is independently a thioalkoxy as described herein, and can be the same or different, preferably the same. In some of these embodiments, F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent, M is carboxy, and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a thioalkoxy. In some of these embodiments, the thioalkoxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length. In exemplary embodiments, the alkyl is 15 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid. In some of these embodiments, the thioalkoxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid. In some of these embodiments, each of Fi and F2 is independently a thioalkoxy as described herein, and can be the same or different, preferably the same. In some of these embodiments, F3 and F4 are each hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent, and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a carboxy. In some of these embodiments, the carboxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length. In exemplary embodiments, the carboxy is 16 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid. In some of these embodiments, the carboxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid. In some of these embodiments, at least one or both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments. In some of these embodiments, both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, which can be the same or different and is preferably the same. In some of any of these embodiments, at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl, which can be the same or different. In some such embodiments, the alkyl is a short alkyl of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, for example, methyl. Alternatively, each of F3 and F4 is hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent, M is carboxy, and at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently a carboxy. In some of these embodiments, the carboxy is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length, for example, of from 8 to 40, or of from 10 to 40, or of from 10 to 30, carbon atoms in length. In exemplary embodiments, the carboxy is 16 carbon atoms in length and is derived from palmitic acid. In some of these embodiments, the carboxy has an alkyl group that is of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid or linoleic acid. In some of these embodiments, at least one or both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective embodiments. In some of these embodiments, both of Fi and F2 is a carboxy as described herein in any of the respective
embodiments, which can be the same or different and is preferably the same. In some of any of these embodiments, at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl, which can be the same or different. In some such embodiments, the alkyl is a short alkyl of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, for example, methyl. Alternatively, each of F3 and F4 is hydrogen.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV when J is absent, Q is -C(CH3)2-.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV when J is absent and M is carboxy, Q is -C(CH3)2-.
Herein, the length of the hydrocarbon represented by the variable K refers to the number of atoms separating J and M (i.e., along the shortest path between J and M) as depicted in Formula IV, in cases when J is not absent, or the number of atoms separating M and the lipid skeleton formed of Fi, F2, F3 and F4.
When K is a substituted hydrocarbon, M may be attached to a carbon atom of the hydrocarbon per se, or be attached to a substituent of the hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments, K is an all-carbon hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments, K is an unsubstituted hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments, K is an unsubstituted all-carbon hydrocarbon.
In some of any of these embodiments, K is an alkyl (an alkylene chain or linking group), preferably unsubstituted, and optionally being a short alkyl or alkylene of 1 to 6, or 1 to 4, or 1 to 2, carbon atoms in length.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, K is absent.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is absent, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, and K is absent. In some of these embodiments, M is carboxy.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, Q is a hydrocarbon substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
In some of these embodiments, Q is a hydrocarbon which is an all-carbon hydrocarbon, and is some of these embodiments the hydrocarbon is alkyl (an alkylene linking group), preferably a short alkyl (or alkylene) of from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, carbon atoms in length, substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, Q is a methylene substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is -P(=O)(OH)-O-; M is amido; and Q is a hydrocarbon substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl), as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, J is -P(=O)(OH)-O-; M is amido; and Q is a methylene substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula I, the lipid moiety represented by the variable X has the general Formula III:
Formula III wherein: the dashed (curved) line denotes an attachment point to the respective Y backbone unit;
Wi and W2 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or acyl, wherein at least one of Wi and W2 is not hydrogen;
J is -P(=O)(OH)-O-, or J is absent (such that K is attached directly to the depicted oxygen atom of a glycerol moiety);
K is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length;
M is a linking group which is -O-, -S-, amino, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, carbamyl, thiocarbamyl, amido, carboxy, or sulfonamide, or M is absent (such that K is attached directly to Q); and
Q is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length, or Q is absent.
Q is attached to a backbone unit of the polymeric backbone according to any of the respective embodiments described herein, or alternatively, when Q is absent, M is attached to the aforementioned backbone unit.
When M is absent, Q is also absent, and K is attached to a backbone unit of the polymeric backbone according to any of the respective embodiments described herein.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, one of Wi and W2 is hydrogen and the other is not hydrogen.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, neither W 1 nor W2 is hydrogen.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, at least one of Wi and W2 is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or acyl, which is from 10 to 30 carbon atoms in length. In some embodiments, each of Wi and W2 is from 10 to 30 carbon atoms in length.
Examples of acyl groups which may optionally serve independently as Wi and/or W2 include, without limitation, lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, J is — P(=O)(OH)-O- (e.g., the lipid moiety is a glycerophospholipid).
Herein, the length of the hydrocarbon represented by the variable K refers to the number of atoms separating J and M (i.e., along the shortest path between J and M) as depicted in Formula III.
When K is a substituted hydrocarbon, M may be attached to a carbon atom of the hydrocarbon per se, or be attached to a substituent of the hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, K is an acyl moiety (e.g., -C(=O)-C(CH3)2-). In some such embodiments, J is absent, such that K is attached directly to the depicted oxygen atom of a glycerol moiety. In some such embodiments, K comprises a carbonyl linking group (-C(=O)-), which attaches to the oxygen atom of a glycerol moiety via an ester bond.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, K is an ethanolamine moiety (e.g., -CH2-CH2-NH-, or -CH2-CH2- attached to a nitrogen atom), a serine moiety (e.g., -CH2-CH(CO2H)-NH-, or -CH2-CH(CO2H)- attached to a nitrogen atom), a glycerol moiety (e.g., -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-CH-O-) and an inositol moiety (e.g., -cyclohexyl(OH)4-O-). In some embodiments, J is -P(=O)(OH)-O-.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, M is amido, optionally -C(=O)NH-.
In some embodiments, the nitrogen atom of the amido is attached to K. In some such embodiments, K is an ethanolamine or serine moiety described herein.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, Q is a substituted alkylene (e.g., of 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 or 1 to 2 carbon atoms in length, for example, a methylene group). In some such embodiments, M is amido or carboxy. In some embodiments, the C(=O) of the amido or the carboxy is attached to Q.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, Q is an alkylene group as described herein, and the methylene group substituted by one or two substituents, and at least one of these substituents is or comprises an aryl (e.g., phenyl). In some
such embodiments, M is amido. In some embodiments, the C(=O) of the amido is attached to Q.
Alternatively, M is carboxy and the C(=O) of the carboxy is attached to Q.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, Q is a methylene group substituted by two substituents, at least one being or comprising an aryl (e.g. phenyl), and the other can be, for example, an aryl (e.g., phenyl) or alkyl (e.g., of 1 to 6 or 1 to 4, carbon atoms in length). In some embodiments, the methylene group is substituted by an alkyl groups (e.g., Ci-4-alkyl) and an aryl (e.g., phenyl). In some such embodiments, M is amido. In some such embodiments, M is carboxy.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, Q is a substituted alkylene (e.g., of 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 or 1 to 2 carbon atoms in length, for example, a methylene group). In some such embodiments, M is amido or carboxy. In some embodiments, the C(=O) of the amido or the carboxy is attached to Q.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, Q is an alkylene group as described herein, and the methylene group substituted by one or two substituents. In some embodiments, the methylene group is substituted by one or two alkyl groups (e.g., Ci-4-alkyl). In some such embodiments, M is other than amido. In some such embodiments, M is carboxy.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, Q is a methylene group substituted by two substituents. In some embodiments, the methylene group is substituted by two alkyl groups (e.g., Ci-4-alkyl). In some embodiments, the alkyl groups are methyl, such that Q is dimethylmethylene (-C(CH3)2-). In some such embodiments, M is other than amido. In some such embodiments, M is carboxy.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, when M is amido, Q is an alkylene that is substituted by at least one aryl as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, M is other than amido, and Q is as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula III, M and Q are each absent, and K is terminated by a substituted or unsubstituted methylene group, according to any of the respective embodiments described herein with respect to Q, for example, a methylene group substituted by two substituents (e.g., dimethylmethylene (-C(CH3)2-)). In some embodiments, K further comprises a carbonyl group according to any of the respective embodiments described herein.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, J, M and Q are each absent. In some such embodiments, K comprises a carbonyl linking group (-C(=O)-) attached directly to the depicted oxygen atom of a glycerol moiety (via an ester bond), and further comprises a substituted or unsubstituted methylene group (e.g., dimethylmethylene). In some embodiment, K consists of a carbonyl linking group attached directly to the depicted oxygen atom of a glycerol moiety (via an ester bond), and a substituted or unsubstituted methylene group, for example, K is -C(=O)-C(CH3)2-.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV, Fi is as described herein for OWi. According to some of these embodiments, F3 and F4 are each hydrogen. According to some of these embodiments, J is absent. According to some of these embodiments, M is other than amido.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV, F2 is as described herein for OW2. According to some of these embodiments, F3 and F4 are each hydrogen. According to some of these embodiments, J is absent. According to some of these embodiments, M is other than amido.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV, Fi is as described herein for OWi and F2 is as described herein for OW2. According to some of these embodiments, F3 and F4 are each hydrogen. According to some of these embodiments, J is absent. According to some of these embodiments, M is other than amido.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the lipid moiety does not include a moiety of Formula III as described herein.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the lipid moiety has a moiety of Formula III as described herein, provided that M is other than amido (e.g., M is carboxy) and/or that Q comprises an aryl substituent, as described herein.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein for Formula IV, excluded from the scope of the present embodiments are polymeric compounds in which the lipid moiety X is as described in WO 2017/109784.
Targeting moiety:
As described hereinabove, in some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, at least a portion of the monomeric units comprise a targeting moiety (according to any of the embodiments described herein relating to a targeting moiety).
Herein, a “targeting moiety” refers to a moiety which is capable of bringing a compound (e.g., a compound according to some embodiments of the invention) into proximity with a selected substance and/or material (which is referred to herein as a "target"). The target is optionally a cell
(e.g., a proliferating cell associated with the proliferative disease or disorder), wherein the proximity is such that the targeting moiety facilitates attachment and/or internalization of the compound into a target cell, and such that the compound may exert a therapeutic effect.
In any of the embodiments described herein wherein m is at least 1, at least a portion of the monomeric units comprising a targeting moiety (the number of which is represented by the variable m), according to any of the respective embodiments described herein, are monomeric units which do not comprise the pendant group represented by (-L-Z). In some such embodiments, each of the monomeric units comprising a targeting moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) is a monomeric unit which comprises the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) (i.e., a backbone unit Y substituted by (-L-Z)), that is, none of the monomeric units comprising the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) comprise the aforementioned targeting moiety.
In any of the embodiments described herein wherein m is at least 1, each of the monomeric units which do not comprise the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) (the number of which is represented by the variable m) comprises a targeting moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein). In some such embodiments, each of the monomeric units comprising a targeting moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) is a monomeric unit which does not comprise the pendant group represented by (-L-Z), that is, none of the monomeric units comprising the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) comprise the aforementioned targeting moiety, and each of the monomeric units which does not comprise the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) comprises the aforementioned targeting moiety.
In any of the embodiments described herein wherein m is at least 1, a monomeric unit comprising a targeting moiety may consist essentially of a backbone unit Y (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) substituted by one or more targeting moieties (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
The backbone unit Y of a monomeric unit comprising a targeting moiety may optionally be different (optionally considerably different) in structure than a backbone unit Y of other monomeric units in the polymeric moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
In any of the embodiments described herein wherein m is at least 1, the polymeric moiety comprises a monomeric unit which comprises a targeting moiety, and said monomeric unit is at a terminus of the polymeric moiety distal to the lipid moiety. In such embodiments, the compound represented by general formula I has the Formula lb:
wherein:
T is a monomeric unit comprising a targeting moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein);
X and T are attached to distal termini of the moiety represented by [Y(-L-Z)]n[Y]m-l; and
X, Y, L, Z, n and m are defined in accordance with any of the embodiments described herein relating to Formula I, with the proviso that m is at least 1.
It is to be understood that T in Formula lb is a type of monomeric unit represented by Y (i.e., without the pendant group represented by (-L-Z)) in formulas I and la, and the number of monomeric units represented by Y (i.e., without the pendant group represented by (-L-Z)) other than T is represented by the value m-1, such that the total number of monomeric units without the pendant group represented by (-L-Z)), including T, is represented by the variable m, as in formulas I and la.
In some embodiments, m is 1, such that m-1 is zero, and the compound represented by Formula lb consequently has the formula: X-[Y(-L-Z)]n-T, wherein L, T, X, Y, Z and n are defined in accordance with any of the embodiments described herein.
A monomeric unit comprising a targeting moiety according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally be prepared by preparing a monomer comprising a targeting moiety, and using said monomer to prepare a polymeric moiety described herein (e.g., by polymerization of monomers according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) and/or by modifying a monomeric unit in a polymeric moiety subsequently to preparation of a polymeric moiety (e.g., by polymerization of monomers according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), using any suitable technique known in the art, including, but not limited to, techniques for conjugation.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a targeting moiety, the targeting moiety does not comprise a moiety having general formula II (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein). For example, even if a moiety represented by Formula II is capable of forming a bond with a target as described herein, the phrase "targeting
moiety", in some embodiments, is to be understood as relating to a moiety distinct from a moiety represented by variable Z (having general formula II).
In some embodiments of any one of the embodiments described herein, the pendant group represented by (-L-Z) is selected so as not to form a bond with the target and/or so as not to include a structure and/or property of a targeting moiety as described herein in any one of the respective embodiments. For example, in embodiments wherein a targeting moiety comprising a nucleophilic group (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) - for example, an amine group - is capable of forming a bond (e.g., covalent bond) with a target, the variable Z (having general formula II) is optionally selected such that the depicted amine/ammonium group is a tertiary amine/ammonium (i.e., no more than one of R1-R3 is hydrogen) or quaternary ammonium (i.e., none of R1-R3 is hydrogen), preferably a quaternary ammonium (e.g., comprising a trimethylamino group, such as in phosphocholine). Tertiary amine groups, and especially quaternary ammonium groups, may be significantly less reactive nucleophilic groups than primary and secondary amine groups.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a targeting moiety, the targeting moiety comprises (and optionally consists of) at least one functional group capable of forming a covalent bond or non-covalent bond (preferably a selective non-covalent bond) with a substance and/or material (which is referred to herein as a "target"), e.g., at a surface of the target (e.g., a surface of a cell and/or tissue).
Herein, the phrase “functional group” encompasses chemical groups and moieties of any size and any functionality described herein (for example, any functionality capable of forming a covalent bond or non-covalent bond with a target).
A non-covalent bond according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally be effected by non-covalent interactions such as, without limitation, electrostatic attraction, hydrophobic bonds, hydrogen bonds, and aromatic interactions.
In some embodiments, the targeting moiety comprises a functional group capable of forming a non-covalent bond which is selective for the target, e.g., an affinity (e.g., as determined based on a dissociation constant) of the targeting moiety and/or functional group to the target is greater than an affinity of the of the targeting moiety and/or functional group to most (or all) other compounds capable of forming a non-covalent bond with the targeting moiety.
In some embodiments of any one of the embodiments described herein, the functional group(s) are capable of forming a covalent bond with one or more specific functional groups (e.g., hydroxy, amine, thiohydroxy and/or oxo groups) which are present on the target (e.g., a target according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
Examples of functional groups (in a targeting moiety) capable of forming a covalent bond with a target (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) and the type of covalent bonds they are capable of forming, include, without limitation: nucleophilic groups such as thiohydroxy, amine (e.g., primary or secondary amine) and hydroxy, which may form covalent bonds with, e.g., a nucleophilic leaving group (e.g., any nucleophilic group described herein), Michael acceptor (e.g., any Michael acceptor described herein), acyl halide, isocyanate and/or isothiocyanate (e.g., as described herein) in a target; nucleophilic leaving groups such as halo, azide (-N3), sulfate, phosphate, sulfonyl (e.g. mesyl, tosyl), A/- hydroxy succinimide (NHS) (e.g. NHS esters), sulfo-A^-hydroxysuccinimide, and anhydride, which may form covalent bonds with, e.g., a nucleophilic group (e.g., as described herein) in a target;
Michael acceptors such as enones (e.g., maleimide, acrylate, methacrylate, acrylamide, methacrylamide), nitro groups and vinyl sulfone, which may form covalent bonds with, e.g., a nucleophilic group (e.g., as described herein) in a target, optionally thiohydroxy; dihydroxyphenyl groups (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), which may form covalent bonds with, e.g., a nucleophilic group (e.g., as described herein) and/or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group (e.g., another dihydroxyphenyl group) in a target, as described herein; an acyl halide (-C(=O)-halogen), isocyanate (-NCO) and isothiocyanate (-N=C=S) group, which may form covalent bonds with, e.g., a nucleophilic group (e.g., as described herein) in a target; a carboxylate (-C(=O)OH) group, which may form a covalent bond with, e.g., a hydroxyl group in a target to form an ester bond and/or an amine group (e.g., primary amine) in a target to form an amide bond (optionally by reaction with a coupling reagent such as a carbodiimide); and/or a carboxylate group is in a target and may form an amide or ester bond with an amine or hydroxyl group, respectively, in the targeting moiety; an oxo group (optionally in an aldehyde group (-C(=O)H)), which may form a covalent imine bond with an amine group (e.g., a primary amine) in a target; and/or an oxo group (optionally in an aldehyde group) is in a target and may form a covalent imine bond with an amine groups in the targeting moiety; and/or thiohydroxy groups, which may form covalent disulfide (-S-S-) bonds with a thiohydroxy group in a target.
Modification of a monomer (e.g., prior to polymerization) or a monomeric unit of a polymeric moiety (e.g., subsequent to polymerization) to comprise any of the functional groups
described herein may optionally be performed using any suitable technique for conjugation known in the art. The skilled person will be readily capable of selecting a suitable technique for any given molecule to be modified.
Herein, the term "dihydroxyphenyl" refers to an aryl group (as defined herein) which is a phenyl substituted by two hydroxyl groups at any positions thereof. The phenyl may optionally be substituted by additional substituents (which may optionally comprise additional hydroxyl groups), to thereby form a substituted dihydroxyphenyl group; or alternatively, the phenyl comprises no substituents other than the two hydroxyl groups, such that the dihydroxyphenyl group is an unsubstituted dihydroxyphenyl group.
In some embodiments of any one of the embodiments described herein, the dihydroxyphenyl group is an ortho-dihydroxyphenyl (wherein the hydroxyl groups are attached to the phenyl at adjacent positions) or a para-dihydroxyphenyl (wherein the hydroxyl groups are attached to opposite sides of the phenyl ring), each being a substituted or unsubstituted dihydroxyphenyl. In some such embodiments, the ortho-dihydroxyphenyl or para- dihydroxyphenyl is an unsubstituted dihydroxyphenyl.
A dihydroxyphenyl group according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally bond covalently and/or non-covalently to a target according to any one or more attachment mechanism described for dihydroxyphenyl (catechol) groups in Lee et al. [PNAS 2006, 103:12999-13003], Brodie et al. [Biomedical Materials 2011, 6:015014] and/or International Patent Application PCT/IL2015/050606, the contents of each of which are incorporated in their entirety, and especially contents regarding bonds formed by dihydroxyphenyl (catechol) groups to surfaces.
In some embodiments of any one of the embodiments described herein, the functional group capable of forming a bond to a target is a functional group capable of forming a covalent bond with an amine group, optionally a primary amine group. In some such embodiments, the target comprises on or more amino acids or amino acid residues, for example, a peptide or polypeptide of any length (e.g., at least two amino acid residues, for example, proteins), and the amine groups may optionally be lysine side chain amine groups and/or N-terminal amine groups. In some embodiments, the target comprises an extracellular matrix protein, for example, collagen. In some embodiments, the target comprises cartilage (e.g., articular cartilage).
In some embodiments of any one of the embodiments described herein, the targeting moiety comprises (and optionally consists of) at least one functional group capable of forming a non-covalent bond with the target (e.g., as described herein in any one of the respective embodiments).
In some embodiments of any one of the embodiments described herein, a functional group capable of forming a non-covalent bond with the target comprises (and optionally consists of) a polysaccharide and/or polypeptide (e.g., a protein and/or fragment thereof), wherein the target optionally comprises a ligand of the polysaccharide and/or polypeptide; and/or the target comprises a polysaccharide and/or polypeptide (e.g., a protein and/or fragment thereof) and the functional group capable of forming a non-covalent bond with the target is a ligand of the polysaccharide and/or polypeptide.
Examples of suitable polysaccharides and/or polypeptides, and ligands thereof, include, without limitation: avidin or streptavidin as a polypeptide described herein, and biotin as a ligand thereof; a polysaccharide-binding polypeptide as a polypeptide described therein, and a complementary polysaccharide as a ligand thereof (or a complementary polysaccharide-binding polypeptide as a ligand of a polysaccharide described herein); a collagen-binding polypeptide as a polypeptide described therein, and a complementary collagen as a ligand thereof (or a collagen as a polypeptide described herein and a complementary collagen-binding polypeptide as a ligand thereof); a cell receptor expressed by a cell, and a ligand selectively bound by the receptor; an antibody towards any antigen (e.g., wherein the target described herein optionally comprises the antigen) or a fragment of such an antibody as a polypeptide described herein, and the respective antigen as a ligand thereof; and an antibody mimetic towards any antigen (e.g., wherein the target described herein optionally comprises the antigen).
Examples of cell receptors expressed by a cell include, without limitation, receptors characteristic of a particular type of cell and/or tissue, and receptors overexpressed by a cancer cell. The cell receptor or the cell is optionally a target described herein, and the targeting moiety optionally comprises any ligand of the receptor. Examples of such ligands include, without limitation, transferrin, a ligand of transferrin receptor which may optionally target transferrin receptor overexpressed by some cancer cells; keratinocyte growth factor (KGF or FGF7) which is specific for cells of epithelial origin, and may optionally target KGF receptor such as that overexpressed by an endometrial carcinoma or pancreatic carcinoma [Visco et al., Int J Oncol 1999, 15:431-435; Siegfried et al., Cancer 1997, 79:1166-1171]; and epidermal growth factor (EGF) which may optionally target an EGF receptor, optionally an erbB, such as that overexpressed by gliomas and endometrial carcinomas [Normanno et al., CurrDrug Targets 2005, 6:243-257]).
As used herein, the term "antibody" encompasses any type of immunoglobin.
As used herein, the phrase "antibody mimetic" encompasses any type of molecule, optionally a polypeptide, referred as such in the art capable of selectively binding an antigen (e.g., non-covalently). Non-limiting examples of antibody mimetics include affibodies, affilins, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, anticalins, avimers, DARPins, Fynomers, Kunitz domain peptides, and monobodies, e.g., as described in Nygren [FEES J 2008, 275:2668-2676], Ebersbach et al. [J Mol Biol 2007, 372:172-185], Johnson et al. [Anal Chem 2012, 84:6553-6560], Krehenbrink et al. [J Mol Biol 2008, 383:1058-1068], Desmet et al. [Nature Comm 2014, 5:5237], Skerra [FEES J 2008, 275:2677-2683], Silverman et al. [Nature Biotechnol 2005, 23:1556-1561], Stumpp et al. [Drug Discov Today 2008, 13:695-701], Grabulovski et al. [J Biol Chem 2007, 282:3196-3204], Nixon & Wood [Curr Opin Drug Discov Devel 2006, 9:261-268], Koide & Koide [Methods Mol Biol 2007, 325:95-109], and Gebauer & Skerra [Curr Opin Chem Biol 2009, 13:245-255], the contents of each of which are incorporated in their entirety, and especially contents regarding particular types of antibody mimetics.
As used herein, the phrase “polysaccharide-binding polypeptide” encompasses any polypeptide or oligopeptide (peptide chains of at least 2, and preferably at least 4 amino acid residues in length) capable of selectively binding (e.g., non-covalently) to a polysaccharide. A wide variety of polysaccharide-binding polypeptides and their binding specificities will be known to the skilled person, and include short peptide sequences (e.g., from 4 to 50, optionally 4 to 20 amino acid residues in length), and longer polypeptides such as proteins or fragments (e.g., carbohydrate-binding modules and/or domains) thereof. In addition, the phrase “polysaccharide- binding polypeptide” encompasses antibodies capable of specifically binding to a polysaccharide. Such antibodies will be available to the skilled person and/or the skilled person will know how to prepare such antibodies, using immunological techniques known in the art.
Examples of polysaccharide-binding polypeptides which may be used in some of any one of the embodiments of the invention include, without limitation, carbohydrate-binding modules (CBMs); and hyaluronic acid-binding peptides, polypeptides and/or modules (e.g., having a sequence as described in any of International Patent Application publication WO 2013/110056; International Patent Application publication WO 2014/071132; Barta et al. [Biochem J 1993, 292:947-949], Kohda et al. [Cell 1996, 86:767-775], Brisset & Perkins [FEBS Lett 1996, 388:211- 216], Peach et al. [J Cell Biol 1993, 122:257-264], Singh et al. [Nature Materials 2014, 13:988- 995], and Zaleski et al. [Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2006, 50:3856-3860], the contents of each of which are incorporated in their entirety, and especially contents regarding particular
polysaccharide-binding polypeptides), for example, GAHWQFNALTVR (a hyaluronic acidbinding peptide sequence).
Examples of CBMs which may be used in some of any one of the embodiments of the invention, include, without limitation, CBMs belonging to the families CBM3, CBM4, CBM9, CBM10, CBM17 and/or CBM28 (which may optionally be used to bind cellulose, e.g., in a cellulose-containing target); CBM5, CBM12, CBM14, CBM18, CBM19 and/or CBM33 (which may optionally be used to bind chitin and/or other polysaccharides comprising N- acetylglucosamine, e.g., in a chitin-containing target); CBM15 (which may optionally be used to bind hemicellulose, e.g., in a hemicellulose-containing target); and/or CBM20, CBM21 and/or CBM48 (which may optionally be used to bind starch and/or glycogen, e.g., in a starch-containing and/or glycogen-containing target).
As used herein, the phrase “collagen-binding polypeptide” encompasses any polypeptide or oligopeptide (peptide chains of at least 2, and preferably at least 4 amino acid residues in length) capable of selectively binding (e.g., non-covalently) to a collagen (e.g., one type of collagen, some types of collagen, all types of collagen), including glycosylated polypeptides and oligopeptides such as peptidoglycans and proteoglycans. A wide variety of collagen-binding polypeptides and their binding specificities will be known to the skilled person, and include short peptide sequences (e.g., from 4 to 50, optionally 4 to 20 amino acid residues in length), and longer polypeptides such as proteins or fragments (e.g., collagen-binding domains) thereof. In addition, the phrase “collagen-binding polypeptide” encompasses antibodies capable of specifically binding to a collagen. Such antibodies will be available to the skilled person and/or the skilled person will know how to prepare such antibodies, using immunological techniques known in the art.
Examples of collagen-binding polypeptides which may be used in embodiments of the invention include, without limitation, collagen-binding proteins (e.g., decorin), fragments thereof and/or other polypeptides as described in U.S. Patent No. 8,440,618, Abd-Elgaliel & Tung [Biopolymers 2013, 100:167-173], Paderi et al. [Tissue Eng Part A 2009, 15:2991-2999], Rothenfluh et al. [NatMater 2008, 7:248-254] and Helms et al. [J Am Chem Soc 2009, 131:11683- 11685] (the contents of each of which are incorporated in their entirety, and especially contents regarding particular collagen-binding polypeptides), for example, the sequence WYRGRL.
It is expected that during the life of a patent maturing from this application many relevant functional groups and moieties for binding will be developed and/or uncovered and the scope of the terms "targeting moiety", "functional group", "cell receptor", "antibody", "antibody mimetic", "collagen-binding polypeptide" and "polysaccharide-binding polypeptide" and the like is intended to include all such new technologies a priori.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, a functional group in a targeting moiety (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) is attached to a linking group (as defined herein). The linking group may optionally be any linking group or linking moiety described herein, including, without limitation, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon. In some embodiments, the targeting moiety (optionally a substituent of a backbone unit Y) consists essentially of a functional group attached to the rest of the polymeric moiety via the linking group.
A functional group may optionally be attached to the linking moiety by a covalent bond obtainable by a reaction between two functional groups, for example, any covalent bond and/or functional groups described herein in the context of forming a covalent bond between a functional group and a target.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a functional group comprising a peptide or polypeptide, an amino acid residue of the peptide or polypeptide is optionally attached to a linking group of the targeting moiety, for example, via an amide bond formed from an amine or carboxylate group in the peptide or polypeptide (e.g., in an N-terminus, a lysine side chain, a C-terminus, a glutamate side chain and/or an aspartate side chain), an ester bond formed from a hydroxyl or carboxylate group in the peptide or polypeptide (e.g., in a serine side chain, a threonine side chain, a C-terminus, a glutamate side chain and/or an aspartate side chain), and/or a disulfide bond formed from a thiohydroxy group in the peptide or polypeptide (e.g., in a cysteine side chain). In some embodiments, an amino acid residue attached to the linking group is an N-terminal and/or C-terminal residue, for example, any amino acid residue attached via an N-terminal amino group or C-terminal carboxylate group, and/or a terminal lysine, glutamate, aspartate, serine, threonine and/or cysteine residue attached via a side chain thereof.
In some embodiments, an amino acid residue and/or peptide (e.g., from 2 to 20 amino acid residues in length) is added to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of a peptide or polypeptide sequence of a functional group (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), and links the aforementioned sequence to a linking group. Examples of such terminal amino acid residues and/or peptides include, without limitation, glycine residues and peptides with a terminal glycine residue, which may be used to attach a linking group to an N-terminus or C-terminus (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein); serine and threonine residues and peptides with a terminal serine or threonine residue, which may be used to attach a linking group to hydroxyl group in a serine or threonine side chain, optionally via an ester bond (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein); and cysteine residues and peptides with a
terminal cysteine residue, which may be used to attach a linking group to a peptide via a disulfide bond (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein).
In some embodiments, attachment of a peptide or polypeptide to a linking group via a terminal amino acid residue minimizes interference (e.g., steric interference) with the functionality of the peptide or polypeptide following attachment to the linking group.
In some embodiments, attachment of a peptide or polypeptide to a linking group via a terminal glycine facilitates attachment by minimizing interference (e.g., steric interference) of an amino acid side chain (which glycine lacks) with attachment to the linking group.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the polymeric compounds are as described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097, by the present assignee, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
Bilayer-forming lipid and liposomes:
As described herein, the liposome according to embodiments comprises, inter alia, at least one bilayer-forming lipid.
Herein, the term “bilayer-forming lipid” encompasses any compound in which a bilayer may form from a pure aqueous solution of the compound, the bilayer comprising two parallel layers of molecules of the compound (referred to as a “lipid”).
Typically, the bilayer (e.g., in a liposome according to some of any of the embodiments described herein) comprises relatively polar moieties of the lipid at the two surfaces of the bilayer, which may optionally comprise an interface with the aqueous solution and/or an interface with a solid surface; and relatively hydrophobic moieties of the lipid at the interior of the bilayer, at an interface between the two layers of lipid molecules which form the bilayer.
Examples of bilayer- forming lipids include glycerophospholipids. Suitable examples of glycerophospholipids include, without limitation, a phosphatidyl ethanolamine, a phosphatidyl serine, a phosphatidyl glycerol and a phosphatidyl inositol.
It is to be appreciated that the polymeric compound comprised by a liposome (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) may optionally be a bilayer-forming lipid which can form a bilayer per se or in combination with one or more additional bilayer-forming lipids.
In some embodiments of any one of the embodiments described herein, the bilayer-forming lipid comprises at least one charged group (e.g., one or more negatively charged groups and/or one or more positively charged groups).
In some embodiments, the bilayer-forming lipid is zwitterionic; comprising both (e.g., an equal number of) negatively charged and positively charged groups (e.g., one of each).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein, a mol ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid (comprised in addition to the polymeric compound) and the polymeric compound (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) in the liposome is in a range of from 5:1 to 5,000:1 (bilayer- forming lipid: polymeric compound), optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 2,500:1, optionally in a range of from 25:1 to 1,000:1, and optionally in a range of from 50:1 to 500:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a bilayer, a mol ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid (comprised in addition to the polymeric compound) and the polymeric compound in the bilayer is in a range of from 10:1 to 1,000:1 (bilayer- forming lipid: polymeric compound), optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 500:1, optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 200:1, and optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 150:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a bilayer, a mol ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid (comprised in addition to the polymeric compound) and the polymeric compound in the bilayer is in a range of from 10:1 to 100:1 (bilayer-forming lipid: polymeric compound), optionally in a range of from 10:1 to 50:1, optionally in a range of from 20:1 to 40:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a bilayer, a mol ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid (comprised in addition to the polymeric compound) and the polymeric compound in the bilayer is in a range of from 10:1 to 1,000:1 (bilayer- forming lipid: polymeric compound), optionally in a range of from 100:1 to 1,00:1, optionally in a range of from 101:1 to 500:1, and optionally in a range of from 100:1 to 200:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
Herein throughout, the terms “mol ratio” and “molar ratio” are used interchangeably, and describe the ratio between the mol % of the indicated components in the lipid bilayer or liposome.
The bilayer according to embodiments described herein may optionally be closed upon itself (e.g., such that the bilayer has no edges), thereby forming an inner volume separated by the bilayer from the surrounding environment, which is referred to herein and in the art as a "liposome". Alternatively or additionally, the bilayer may be open-faced and/or with edges.
As used herein and in the art, the term “liposome” refers to an artificially prepared vesicle comprising a bilayer composed of molecules of an amphiphilic lipid. In an aqueous medium, the bilayer is typically configured such that hydrophilic moieties of the amphiphilic lipid are exposed to the medium at both surfaces of the bilayer, whereas lipophilic moieties of the lipid are located in the internal portion of the bilayer, and therefore less exposed to the medium. Examples of
liposomes which may be used in any one of the embodiments described herein include, without limitation, small unilamellar vesicles (SUV), large unilamellar vesicles (LUV) and large multilamellar vesicles (MLV).
As described herein, the liposome according to embodiments comprises, inter alia, at least one bilayer-forming lipid.
It is to be appreciated that the polymeric compound comprised by a liposome (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) may optionally be a bilayer-forming lipid which can form a bilayer per se or in combination with one or more additional bilayer-forming lipids.
A liposome may optionally comprise a single bilayer (e.g., a unilamellar vesicle) or a plurality of bilayers (e.g., a multilamellar vesicle) - wherein each bilayer optionally independently forms a closed vesicle - comprising, for example, concentric bilayer vesicles and/or a plurality of separate bilayer vesicles encompassed by the same bilayer vesicle.
As used herein, the term “unilamellar” refers to liposomes characterized by a single lipid bilayer, whereas the term “multilamellar” refers to liposomes characterized by a multiple lipid bilayers, for example, concentric bilayers.
As used herein, the phrase “small unilamellar vesicle” refers to unilamellar liposomes of less than 100 nm in diameter, whereas the phrase “large unilamellar vesicle” refers to unilamellar liposomes at least 100 nm in diameter.
In some embodiments of any one of the embodiments described herein, the liposomes comprise multilamellar vesicles. In some embodiments, the liposomes are primarily (more than 50 weight percent) multilamellar vesicles.
In some embodiments, the liposomes are primarily (more than 50 weight percent) large multilamellar vesicles, at least 100 nm in diameter (MLV).
A liposome according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may be approximately spherical in shape or may have any alternative shape, such as an elongated tube and/or a flattened (e.g., sheet-like) shape.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, a weight ratio of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 2:1 to 1,000:1, or from 2:1 to 500:1, or from 2:1 to 100:1, or from 2:1 to 50:1 or from 2:1 to 20:1.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, a mean diameter of liposomes ranges from about 50 nm to about 5,000 nm, or from about 500 nm to about 5,000 nm, or from about 500 nm to about 4,000 nm, or from about 500 nm to about 3500 nm, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, a mean diameter of liposomes ranges from about 100 nm to about 2000 nm, or from about 100 nm to about 1000 nm, or from 200 nm to 2,000 nm, or from 200 nm to 1,000 nm, from about 500 nm to about 1000 nm, or from 400 to about 800 nm, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
The mean diameter according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally be an arithmetic mean (a ratio of a sum of values to the number of values) or a Z-av erage as this term is defined in the art of dynamic light scattering (in brief, an intensity-weighted harmonic mean). In exemplary embodiments, the mean diameter is a Z-average diameter determined by dynamic light scattering.
The polydispersity index (PDI) and/or mean diameter of liposomes in a composition may optionally be determined by dynamic light scattering using a two-parameter fit to the data (e.g., according to ISO 13321 and ISO 22412 standards) for determining PDI and Z-average diameter (e.g., using a commercially available instrument).
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, a PDI of the liposomes is lower than 1 or lower than 0.8, for example, in a range of from 0.3 to 1, or from 0.3 to 0.8, or from 0.3 to 0.6, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, a zeta potential of the liposomes is at least -3 mV (i.e., -3 mV or a more negative value), optionally at least -3.5 mV, and optionally at least -4 mV.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, a zeta potential of the liposomes is in a range of from 10 mV to -10 mV (e.g., from 5 mV to -5 mV), optionally in a range of from 0 to -10 mV (e.g., from 0 to -5 mV, or from -3 mV to -5 mV).
Zeta potential may optionally be determined using any suitable technique known in the art (e.g., using a commercially available instrument), for example, electrophoretic light scattering. The zeta potential of liposomes may be determined by diluting the liposomes in an aqueous salt (e.g., NaCl) solution with a predetermined salt concentration (e.g., 10 pM).
In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a liposome, the liposome further comprises at least one functional moiety or agent bound to a surface of the liposome and/or within a lipid bilayer and/or core of the liposome (e.g., within the liposome bilayer and/or enveloped by the liposome bilayer).
Examples of functional moieties and agents suitable for inclusion in embodiments described herein include, without limitation, a therapeutically active agent or moiety of a therapeutically active agent (e.g., wherein the active agent is releasable upon cleavage of the
moiety), a labeling moiety or agent, and/or a targeting moiety or targeting agent (e.g., a targeting moiety or agent on a surface of the liposome).
Examples of therapeutically active agents suitable for inclusion in a liposome (e.g., as a molecule or moiety of the agent) include, without limitation, amphotericin B, cisplatin, cytarabine, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, estradiol, influenza virosome, morphine, surfactant protein B, surfactant protein C, verteporfin and vincristine.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, the liposomes comprise a therapeutically active agent, which is optionally incorporated in a liposome and/or on a surface of the liposome. In some such embodiments, the therapeutically active agent is a therapeutically active agent described in International Patent Application publication WO 2018/150429, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, the liposomes are devoid of a therapeutically active agent.
Herein, the phrase “therapeutically active agent” refers to any agent (e.g., compounds) having a therapeutic effect, provided that the compound is not a bilayer- forming lipid or polymeric compound comprised by the liposome (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), as well as to any portion of an agent (e.g., a moiety of a compound) which generates an agent having a therapeutic effect upon release (e.g., upon cleavage of one or more covalent bonds), including a portion of a bilayer-forming lipid or polymeric compound. Thus, the bilayer-forming lipid and polymeric compound per se are excluded from the definition of a therapeutically active agent, but a bilayer-forming lipid and/or polymeric compound may optionally comprise generate a therapeutically active agent upon release, in which case the portion of the bilayer-forming lipid and/or polymeric compound which generates the therapeutically active agent is also considered to be a therapeutically active agent as defined herein.
When associated with a liposome, a therapeutically active agent may optionally be attached by a covalent or non-covalent (e.g., electrostatic and/or hydrophobic) bond to a liposome (e.g., to an exterior surface and/or interior surface of a liposome membrane), incorporated within a liposome membrane (e.g., a lipophilic agent which stably partitions to a lipid phase of the liposome), and/or enveloped within a core of a liposome (e.g., a hydrophilic agent in an aqueous compartment of the liposome). The therapeutically active agent may optionally be a moiety covalently attached to a liposome (e.g., attached to a lipid so as to form a lipid-derivative comprising the moiety). Such attachment may be obtained in some embodiments by using techniques known in the art (e.g., amide bond formation).
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the composition comprises comprising a plurality of liposomes, and at least a portion of the liposomes comprises a plurality of liposomes as defined herein. Optionally, the composition comprises an additional portion of liposomes other than the liposomes described herein (e.g., not including a polymeric compound as described herein).
Examples of a labeling moiety or agent include moieties and compounds which are chromophoric (e.g., absorb visible light), fluorescent, phosphorescent, and/or radioactive. Many such compounds and moieties (and techniques for preparing such moieties) will be known to a skilled person.
A targeting moiety in a liposome according to any of the respective embodiments described herein may optionally be a targeting moiety according to any of the respective embodiments described herein. A targeting moiety in a liposome may be comprised by a polymeric compound according to some embodiments of the invention (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein), the liposome comprising the polymeric compound. Alternatively or additionally, a targeting moiety in a liposome may optionally be comprised by another compound in the liposome, optionally a bilayer-forming lipid (according to any of the respective embodiments described herein) conjugated to a targeting moiety according to any of the respective embodiments described herein.
Herein, a “targeting agent” refers to a compound ("agent") comprising (and optionally consisting essentially of) a targeting moiety according to any of the respective embodiments described herein (e.g., in the context of a targeting moiety comprised by a polymeric compound described herein). Typically, the phrase "targeting agent" is used to refer to a compound other than a polymeric compound comprising a targeting moiety, as described herein.
In some embodiments, a functional moiety (e.g., targeting moiety or labeling moiety) is covalently attached to a liposome. Such attachment may be obtained in some embodiments by using techniques known in the art (e.g., amide bond formation).
Composition and uses:
It should be noted that the liposomes disclosed herein being part of a cosmetic composition may be regarded as an active ingredient (e.g. moisturizer, skin protectant), modulator of skin penetration and/or a carrier of other formulation components.
A cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (also referred to herein interchangeably as formulation) according to the present embodiments can be used as a cosmetic or cosmeceutical product (e.g., skin-care product) per se or be used to make up such a product.
In some embodiment of the present invention, the cosmetic or cosmeceutical formulation is formulated in a form suitable for topical application on the applied area (e.g., a keratinous tissue, for example, facial skin).
By selecting the appropriate carrier and optionally other ingredients that can be included in the formulation, as is detailed hereinbelow, the compositions of the present embodiments may be formulated into any form typically employed for topical application.
By “appropriate carrier” for topical application it is meant any medium compatible with a keratinous substrate or a mucosal tissue, which has a color, a smell and a pleasant feel and which does not generate unacceptable discomfort (stinging, tautness or redness).
According to some of any of the embodiments of these aspects of the present invention, the formulation further comprises a cosmetically or cosmeceutically acceptable carrier.
Herein, the term “cosmetically or cosmeceutically acceptable carrier” refers to a carrier or a diluent that does not cause significant irritation to a keratinous material or tissue of an organism and does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the applied compound or combinations of compounds (e.g., a liposome as described herein). Examples, without limitations, of carriers include propylene glycol, water, saline, emulsions and mixtures of organic solvents with water, as well as solid (e.g., powdered) and gaseous carriers. The carrier is typically aimed at facilitating the topical application of the composition to the keratinous tissue or substrate. It is to be noted that the carrier is selected in accordance with the intended use and the form of the formulation or the product containing same and is not limited to the above description.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein the carrier comprises an aqueous liquid, e.g., water or an aqueous solution. According to some embodiments, the liposome is included in the aqueous liquid and the liposome-containing aqueous liquid in incorporated in the composition.
The cosmetic or cosmeceutical formulations as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof can be packaged in a packaging material and identified in print, in or on the packaging material, for use in the treatment of a medical or cosmetic condition, as described in further detail hereinbelow. The package can be adopted for topical application of the formulation, in accordance with its consistency. For example, liquid formulations (including emulsions and oils) can be packaged in a container having means to topically apply the formulation, for example, a nozzle, a dropper, a pipette, or in a narrow-necked and/or squeezable bottle. Formulations in a form of a spray or aerosol can be packaged in a container equipped with a spraying nozzle and/or mechanism. Ointments, gels, oils and creams can be packaged in a simple container, or in a. squeezable container.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided an article-of-manufacturing, which comprises any of the formulations and/or products as described herein, and optionally means for topically applying the formulations (e.g., as described herein).
"Topical application" means to apply or spread the formulation, composition or product of the present embodiments onto the surface of the keratinous tissue.
In some embodiments, a formulation as described is in a form of a cream, an ointment, a paste, a gel, a lotion, a milk, a suspension, a solution, an aerosol, a spray, a foam, a serum, or a mousse.
The formulation can be water-based, or emulsion-based (including water-in-oil, oil-in- water, water-in-oil-in-water and oil-in-water-in-oil emulsions) or silicon-based.
Ointments are semisolid preparations, typically based on petrolatum or petroleum derivatives. The specific ointment base to be used is one that provides for optimum delivery for the active agent chosen for a given formulation, and, preferably, provides for other desired characteristics as well (e.g., emolliency). As with other carriers or vehicles, an ointment base should be inert, stable, nonirritating and nonsensitizing. As explained in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Ed., Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Co. (1995), pp. 1399-1404, ointment bases may be grouped in four classes: oleaginous bases; emulsifiable bases; emulsion bases; and water-soluble bases. Oleaginous ointment bases include, for example, vegetable oils, fats obtained from animals, and semisolid hydrocarbons obtained from petroleum.
Emulsifiable ointment bases, also known as absorbent ointment bases, contain little or no water and include, for example, hydroxystearin sulfate, anhydrous lanolin and hydrophilic petrolatum. Emulsion ointment bases are either water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, and include, for example, cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin and stearic acid. Preferred water-soluble ointment bases are prepared from polyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight.
Lotions are preparations that are to be applied to the skin surface without friction. Lotions are typically liquid or semiliquid preparations in which solid particles, including the sunscreens- containing capsules, are present in a water or alcohol base. Lotions are typically preferred for covering/protecting large body areas, due to the ease of applying a more fluid composition. Lotions are typically suspensions of solids, and oftentimes comprise a liquid oily emulsion of the oil-in-water type. It is generally necessary that the insoluble matter in a lotion be finely divided. Lotions typically contain suspending agents to produce better dispersions as well as compounds useful for localizing and holding the active agent in contact with the skin, such as methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, and the like.
Creams are viscous liquids or semisolid emulsions, either oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Cream bases are typically water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and an aqueous phase. The oil phase, also called the "internal" phase, is generally comprised of petrolatum and/or a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol and/or natural oil substances and/or plant extracts. The aqueous phase typically, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. The emulsifier in a cream formulation is generally a nonionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant. Reference may be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra, for further information.
Pastes are semisolid dosage forms in which the bioactive agent is suspended in a suitable base. Depending on the nature of the base, pastes are divided between fatty pastes or those made from a single-phase aqueous gels. The base in a fatty paste is generally petrolatum, hydrophilic petrolatum and the like. The pastes made from single-phase aqueous gels generally incorporate carboxymethylcellulose or the like as a base. Additional reference may be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, for further information.
Gel formulations are semisolid, suspension-type systems. Single-phase gels contain organic macromolecules distributed substantially uniformly throughout the carrier liquid, which is typically aqueous, but also, preferably, contain an alcohol and, optionally, an oil. Preferred organic macromolecules, i.e., gelling agents, are crosslinked acrylic acid polymers such as the family of carbomer polymers, e.g., carboxypolyalkylenes that may be obtained commercially under the trademark Carbopol™. Other types of preferred polymers in this context are hydrophilic polymers such as polyethylene oxides, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers and polyvinylalcohol; cellulosic polymers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methyl cellulose; gums such as tragacanth and xanthan gum; sodium alginate; and gelatin. In order to prepare a uniform gel, dispersing agents such as alcohol or glycerin can be added, or the gelling agent can be dispersed by trituration, mechanical mixing or stirring, or combinations thereof.
Sprays generally provide the active agent in an aqueous and/or alcoholic solution which can be misted onto the skin for delivery. Such sprays include those formulated to provide for concentration of the active agent solution at the site of administration following delivery, e.g., the spray solution can be primarily composed of alcohol or other like volatile liquid in which the active agent can be dissolved. Upon delivery to the skin, the carrier evaporates, leaving concentrated active agent at the site of administration.
Foam compositions are typically formulated in a single or multiple phase liquid form and housed in a suitable container, optionally together with a propellant which facilitates the expulsion
of the composition from the container, thus transforming it into a foam upon application. Other foam forming techniques include, for example the “Bag-in-a-can” formulation technique. Compositions thus formulated typically contain a low-boiling hydrocarbon, e.g., isopropane. Application and agitation of such a composition at the body temperature cause the isopropane to vaporize and generate the foam, in a manner similar to a pressurized aerosol foaming system. Foams can be water-based or hydroalcoholic, but are typically formulated with high alcohol content which, upon application to the skin of a user, quickly evaporates, driving the active ingredient through the upper skin layers to the site of treatment.
According to specific embodiments, the composition may comprise an aqueous phase.
The aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention comprises water and optionally a water-soluble solvent.
In the present invention, the term "water-soluble solvent" denotes a compound that is liquid at room temperature and water-miscible (miscibility with water of greater than 50% by weight at 25 °C and atmospheric pressure).
The water-soluble solvents that may be used in the composition of the invention may also be volatile.
Among the water-soluble solvents that may be used in the composition in accordance with the invention, mention may be made especially of lower monoalcohols containing from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, such as ethanol and isopropanol, glycols containing from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3 -butylene glycol and dipropylene glycol, C3 and C4 ketones and C2-C4 aldehydes.
The aqueous phase (water and optionally the water-miscible solvent) may be present in the composition in a content ranging from 20% to 95%, better still from 30% to 80% by weight by weight relative to the total weight of the said composition.
According to another embodiment variant, the aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one C2-C32 polyol.
For the purposes of the present invention, the term "polyol" should be understood as meaning any organic molecule comprising at least two free hydroxyl groups.
Preferably, a polyol in accordance with the present invention is present in liquid form at room temperature.
A polyol that is suitable for use in the invention may be a compound of linear, branched or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated alkyl type, bearing on the alkyl chain at least two -OH functions, in particular at least three -OH functions and more particularly at least four -OH functions.
The polyols advantageously suitable for the formulation of a composition according to the present invention are those exhibiting in particular from 2 to 32 carbon atoms and preferably from 3 to 16 carbon atoms.
Advantageously, the polyol may be chosen, for example, from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, butylene glycol, isoprene glycol, pentylene glycol, hexylene glycol, glycerol, polyglycerols such as glycerol oligomers, for instance diglycerol, and polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof.
According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, the said polyol is chosen from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, glycerol, polyglycerols and polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof.
According to a particular embodiment, the composition of the invention may comprise at least propylene glycol.
According to another particular embodiment, the composition of the invention may comprise at least glycerol.
A water suitable for the invention can be a floral water such as cornflower water and / or a mineral water such as water from Vittel, water from Lucas or water from La Roche Posay, and / or thermal water.
According to specific embodiments, the composition comprises alcohol.
According to a particular form of the invention, the composition contains at least one mono-alcohol comprising from 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
According to a particular form of the invention, the composition contains from 0,5% to 10%, and preferably from 1 to 5 by weight relative to the total weight of at least one mono-alcohol comprising from 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
The compositions of the invention comprise at least one mono-alcohol having from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, especially from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
The compositions of the invention may include one or more mono-alcohol (s).
The monoalcohol may be represented for example by formula RaOH, wherein Ra is an alkyl group, linear or branched, comprising 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
As a monohydric alcohol include ethanol, isopropanol, propanol or butanol.
According to one embodiment, the compositions of the invention include ethanol.
In any of the formulations or products described herein, additional agents and/or additives can be included.
Some non-limiting representative examples of additives and/or agents include humectants, antioxidants, solvents, odor absorbers, perfumes, deodorants, antiperspirants, sunscreen agents
(e.g., UV blocking agents, UV filters), sunless tanning agents, hair conditioning agents, pH adjusting agents, chelating agents, preservatives, emulsifiers, occlusive agents, emollients, thickeners, solubilizing agents, penetration enhancers, anti-irritants, colorants or coloring agents (pigments, nacres, water-soluble dyestuffs), propellants, surfactants, dispersants, fillers and bactericides.
Representative examples of humectants include, without limitation, guanidine, glycolic acid and glycolate salts (e.g. ammonium slat and quaternary alkyl ammonium salt), aloe vera in any of its variety of forms (e.g., aloe vera gel), allantoin, urazole, polyhydroxy alcohols such as sorbitol, glycerol, hexanetriol, propyleneglycol, butylene glycol, hexylene glycol and the like, polyethylene glycols, sugars and starches, sugar and starch derivatives (e.g., alkoxylated glucose), hyaluronic acid, lactamide monoethanolamine, acetamide monoethanolamine and any combination thereof.
Suitable pH adjusting agents include, for example, one or more of adipic acids, glycines, citric acids, calcium hydroxides, magnesium aluminometasilicates, buffers or any combinations thereof.
Representative examples of deodorant agents include, without limitation, quaternary ammonium compounds such as cetyl-trimethylammonium bromide, cetyl pyridinium chloride, benzethonium chloride, diisobutyl phenoxy ethoxy ethyl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride, sodium N-lauryl sarcosine, sodium N-palmithyl sarcosine, lauroyl sarcosine, N-myristoyl glycine, potassium N-lauryl sarcosine, stearyl, trimethyl ammonium chloride, sodium aluminum chlorohydroxy lactate, tricetylmethyl ammonium chloride, 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxy diphenyl ether, diaminoalkyl amides such as L-lysine hexadecyl amide, heavy metal salts of citrate, salicylate, and piroctose, especially zinc salts, and acids thereof, heavy metal salts of pyrithione, especially zinc pyrithione and zinc phenolsulfate.
Other deodorant agents include, without limitation, odor absorbing materials such as carbonate and bicarbonate salts, e.g. as the alkali metal carbonates and bicarbonates, ammonium and tetraalkylammonium carbonates and bicarbonates, especially the sodium and potassium salts, or any combination of the above.
Antiperspirant agents can be incorporated in the compositions of the present invention either in a solubilized or a particulate form and include, for example, aluminum or zirconium astringent salts or complexes.
Representative examples of sunless tanning agents include, without limitation, dihydroxyacetone, glyceraldehyde, indoles and their derivatives. The sunless tanning agents can be used in combination with the sunscreen agents.
The chelating agents are optionally added to formulations so as to enhance the preservative or preservative system. Preferred chelating agents are mild agents, such as, for example, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), EDTA derivatives, or any combination thereof.
Suitable preservatives include, without limitation, one or more alkanols, disodium EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetate), EDTA salts, EDTA fatty acid conjugates, isothiazolinone, parabens such as methylparaben and propylparaben, propyleneglycols, sorbates, urea derivatives such as diazolindinyl urea, or any combinations thereof.
Suitable emulsifiers include, for example, one or more sorbitans, alkoxylated fatty alcohols, alkylpolyglycosides, soaps, alkyl sulfates, monoalkyl and dialkyl phosphates, alkyl sulphonates, acyl isothionates, or any combinations thereof.
Suitable occlusive agents include, for example, petrolatum, mineral oil, beeswax, silicone oil, lanolin and oil- soluble lanolin derivatives, saturated and unsaturated fatty alcohols such as behenyl alcohol, hydrocarbons such as squalane, and various animal and vegetable oils such as almond oil, peanut oil, wheat germ oil, linseed oil, jojoba oil, oil of apricot pits, walnuts, palm nuts, pistachio nuts, sesame seeds, rapeseed, cade oil, corn oil, peach pit oil, poppyseed oil, pine oil, castor oil, soybean oil, avocado oil, safflower oil, coconut oil, hazelnut oil, olive oil, grape seed oil and sunflower seed oil.
Suitable emollients include, for example, dodecane, squalane, cholesterol, isohexadecane, isononyl isononanoate, PPG Ethers, petrolatum, lanolin, safflower oil, castor oil, coconut oil, cottonseed oil, palm kernel oil, palm oil, peanut oil, soybean oil, polyol carboxylic acid esters, derivatives thereof and mixtures thereof.
According to a particular mode of the invention, the composition contains at least one particulate or non-particulate, water-soluble or water-insoluble coloring agent.
According to specific embodiments, the coloring agent is in a proportion of at least 0.01% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
For the purposes of the invention, the term "water-soluble coloring agent" means any natural or synthetic, generally organic compound, which is soluble in an aqueous phase or in water- miscible solvents, and which is capable of imparting colour.
Examples of water-soluble dyes may be made especially of synthetic or natural water-soluble dyes, for instance FDC Red 4, DC Red 6, DC Red 22, DC Red 28, DC Red 30, DC Red 33, DC Orange 4, DC Yellow 5, DC Yellow 6, DC Yellow 8, FDC Green 3, DC Green 5, FDC Blue 1, betanin (beetroot), carmine, copper chlorophylline, methylene blue, anthocyanins (enocianin, black carrot, hibiscus and elder), caramel and riboflavin.
According to specific embodiments, the coloring agent may be pigments, nacres and/or particles with metallic tints.
The term "pigments" should be understood as meaning white or coloured, mineral or organic particles that are insoluble in an aqueous solution, which are intended to color and/or opacity the composition containing them.
The pigments may be white or colored, and mineral and/or organic.
Mineral pigments that may be used with specific embodiments of the invention may be made of titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, zirconium dioxide, cerium oxide or cerium dioxide and also zinc oxide, iron oxide or chromium oxide, ferric blue, manganese violet, ultramarine blue and chromium hydrate, and mixtures thereof.
It may also be a pigment having a structure that may be, for example, of sericite/brown iron oxide/titanium dioxide/silica type. Such a pigment is sold, for example, under the reference Coverleaf NS or JS by the company Chemicals and Catalysts, and has a contrast ratio in the region of 30. They may also be pigments having a structure that may be, for example, of silica microsphere type containing iron oxide. An example of a pigment having this structure is the product sold by the company Miyoshi under the reference PC Ball PC-LL-100 P, this pigment being constituted of silica microspheres containing yellow iron oxide.
The term "nacres" should be understood as meaning iridescent or non-iridescent colored particles of any shape, especially produced by certain molluscs in their shell or alternatively synthesized, which have a color effect via optical interference.
The nacres may be chosen from nacreous pigments such as titanium mica coated with an iron oxide, titanium mica coated with bismuth oxychloride, titanium mica coated with chromium oxide, titanium mica coated with an organic dye and also nacreous pigments based on bismuth oxychloride. They may also be mica particles at the surface of which are superposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides and/or of organic dyestuffs.
Examples of nacres that may also be mentioned include natural mica coated with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, with natural pigment or with bismuth oxychloride.
Among the nacres available on the market, mention may be made of the nacres Timica, Flamenco and Duochrome (based on mica) sold by the company Engelhard, the Timiron nacres sold by the company Merck, the Prestige mica-based nacres sold by the company Eckart, and the Sunshine synthetic mica-based nacres sold by the company Sun Chemical.
The nacres may more particularly have a yellow, pink, red, bronze, orangey, brown, gold and/or coppery color or tint.
According to a particular mode of the invention, the composition contain at least one filler.
For the purposes of the present invention, the term "fillers" should be understood as meaning colorless or white solid particles of any form, which are in an insoluble and dispersed form in the medium of the composition.
These fillers, of mineral or organic, natural or synthetic nature, give the composition containing them softness and give the makeup result a matt effect and uniformity.
The fillers according to specific embodiments of the present invention may be in lamellar form (or platelet), spherical (or globular), fiber or any other intermediate form between these defined forms.
Non-limiting examples of organic spherical fillers include for example polyamide powders and especially Nylon® powders such as Nylon- 12 or Polyamide 12, sold under the names ORGASOL by Arkema; polyethylene powders; polytetrafluoroethylene powders (Teflon *); microspheres based on acrylic copolymers, such as copolymer of ethylene glycol dimethacrylate / lauryl methacrylate copolymer sold by Dow Corning under the name Polytrap; expanded powders such as hollow microspheres and especially the microspheres sold under the name Expancel by Kemanord Plast or under the name Micropearl F 80 ED by Matsumoto; silicone resin microbeads such as those sold under the name Tospearl by Toshiba Silicone ; polymethyl methacrylate microspheres, sold under the name Microsphere M-100 by Matsumoto or under the name Covabead LH85 by Wacker; ethylene acrylate copolymer powders, such as those sold under the name Flobeads by Sumitomo Seika Chemicals; powders of natural organic materials such as starch powders, especially of com starch, wheat or rice, crosslinked or otherwise, such as the powders of starch crosslinked with octenyl succinate anhydride, sold under the name Dry -FLO by National Starch; metal soaps derived from organic carboxylic acids having 8 to 22 carbon atoms, preferably from 12 to 18 carbon atoms, for example, zinc stearate, magnesium or lithium, zinc laurate, myristate magnesium, Polyporus the L * 200 (Chemdal Corporation), polyurethane powders, in particular, powders of crosslinked polyurethane comprising a copolymer, said copolymer comprising trimethylol hexyl lactone as the polymer of hexamethylene diisocyanate / trimethylol hexyl lactone, sold under the name Plastic Powder D-400® or Plastic Powder D-800® by the company Toshiki, carnauba microwaxes, such as that sold under the name MicroCare 350® by the company Micro Powders, microwaxes of synthetic wax such as that sold under the name MicroEase 114S® by the company Micro Powders, microwaxes consisting of a mixture of carnauba wax and polyethylene wax, such as those sold under the names Micro Care 300® and 310® by the company Micro Powders, microwaxes consisting of a mixture of carnauba wax and of synthetic wax, such as that sold under the name Micro Care 325® by the company Micro Powders, polyethylene microwaxes such as those sold under the names Micropoly 200®, 220®,
and 220L® 250S® by the company Micro Powders. As spherical inorganic filler, there may be mentioned the hydrophobic aerogel silica particles.
Non-limiting examples of lamellar fillers that may be used with specific embodiments of the invention include phyllosilicates, such as talcs, micas, perlite and mixtures thereof.
According to specific embodiments, the composition comprises e a dispersant.
Such a dispersant may be, for example, a surfactant, an oligomer, a polymer or a mixture of several thereof.
Depending on the fluidity of the composition that it is desired to obtain, it is possible to incorporate one or more thickeners or gelling agents into a composition of the invention.
A thickener or gelling agent that is suitable for use in the invention may be hydrophilic, i.e. soluble or dispersible in water.
Hydrophilic gelling or thickening agents that may be mentioned in particular include water-soluble or water-dispersible thickening polymers.
Suitable thickeners include, for example, non-ionic water-soluble polymers such as hydroxyethylcellulose (commercially available under the Trademark Natrosol® 250 or 350), cationic water-soluble polymers such as Polyquat 37 (commercially available under the Trademark Synthalen® CN), fatty alcohols, fatty acids and their alkali salts and mixtures thereof.
Other non-limiting examples of thickeners may be chosen especially from: modified or unmodified carboxyvinyl polymers, such as the products sold under the name Carbopol (CTFA name: Carbomer) by the company Goodrich; polyacrylates and polymethacrylates such as the products sold under the names Lubrajel and Norgel by the company Guardian or under the name Hispagel by the company Hispano Chimica; polyacrylamides; optionally crosslinked and/or neutralized 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid polymers and copolymers, for instance the poly(2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid) sold by the company Clariant under the name Hostacerin AMPS® (CTFA name: ammonium polyacryldimethyltauramide); crosslinked anionic copolymers of acrylamide and of AMPS, which are in the form of a W/O emulsion, such as those sold under the name Sepigel 305 (CTFA name: : Polyacrylamide/C13-14 Isoparaffin/Laureth-7) and under the name Simulgel 600 (CTFA name : Acrylamide/S odium acryloyldimethyltaurate copolymer/Isohexadecane/Polysorbate 80) by the company SEPPIC; hydrophobic modified polymers of this type, of the copolymer of ammonium salt of 2-acrylamido- 2-methylpropanesulphonic acid and of ethoxylated C12-C14 alkyl methacrylate (noncrosslinked copolymer obtained from ® Genapol LA-070 and from ® AMPS) (CTFA name: Ammonium Acryloyldimethyltaurate/Laureth-7 Methacrylate Copolymer) sold under the name ® Aristoflex LNC by Clariant, and the crosslinked copolymer of ammonium salt of 2-acrylamido-2-
methylpropanesulphonic acid and of ethoxylated (25 EO) stearyl methacrylate (copolymer which is preferably crosslinked with trimethylolpropane triacrylate and obtained from Genapol T-250 and from ©AMPS) (CTFA name: Ammonium Acryloyldimethyltaurate/Steareth-25 Methacrylate Crosspolymer) sold under the name ® Aristoflex HMS by Clariant; polysaccharide biopolymers, for instance xanthan gum, guar gum, carob gum, acacia gum, sclero glucans, chitin and chitosan derivatives, carrageenans, gellans, alginates, celluloses such as microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl cellulose; and mixtures thereof.
Representative examples of solubilizing agents that are usable in this context of the present invention include, without limitation, complex-forming solubilizers such as citric acid, ethylenediamine-tetraacetate, sodium meta-phosphate, succinic acid, urea, cyclodextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, diethylammonium-ortho-benzoate, and micelle-forming solubilizers such as TWEENS and spans, e.g., TWEEN 80. Other solubilizers that are usable for the compositions of the present invention are, for example, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene n-alkyl ethers, n-alkyl amine n-oxides, poloxamers, organic solvents, phospholipids and cyclodextrines.
Suitable penetration enhancers include, but are not limited to, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethyl formamide (DMF), allantoin, urazole, N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), decylmethylsulfoxide (Cio MSO), polyethylene glycol monolaurate (PEGML), propyleneglycol (PG), propyleneglycol monolaurate (PGML), glycerol monolaurate (GML), lecithin, the 1- substituted azacycloheptan-2-ones, particularly l-n-dodecylcyclazacycloheptan-2-one (available under the trademark Azone® from Whitby Research Incorporated, Richmond, Va.), alcohols, and the like. The permeation enhancer may also be a vegetable oil. Such oils include, for example, safflower oil, cottonseed oil and com oil.
Suitable anti-irritants include, for example, steroidal and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents or other materials such as aloe vera, chamomile, alpha-bisabolol, cola nitida extract, green tea extract, tea tree oil, licoric extract, allantoin, caffeine or other xanthines, glycyrrhizic acid and its derivatives.
Exemplary additional active agents according to some embodiments of present invention include, without limitation, one or more, or any combination of an anti-acne agent, an anti-aging agent, a wrinkle-reducing agent, a skin whitening agent, a sebum reducing agent, an anesthetic agent, an antipruriginous agent, an antineoplastic agent, an immunomodulator, an interferon, an antidepressant, an anti-histamine, a vitamin (e.g. A, C, E, B3, B5, K and their derivatives, in
particular their esters), hyaluronic acid, a mineral (e.g., a dead sea mineral), a hormone and an anti-dandruff agent.
Exemplary additional active agents according to some embodiments of present invention include, without limitation, one or more, or any combination of a vitamin, a mineral (e.g., a dead sea mineral), a ceramide, hyaluronic acid, a protein (e.g., collagen, elastin), a hydroxy acid (e.g., alpha or beta hydroxyacid), a peptide, an amino acid, a sunscreen agent, a herb or plant extract, a fungus, a herb (e.g., a medicinal herb, a seaweed, an alga), urea and its hydroxylated derivatives, such as the N-(2-hydroxyethyl)urea, salicylic acid, sequestering agents (e.g. EDTA) and more.
According to specific embodiments, the cosmetic composition comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of glycerin, cetearyl alcohol, cetearyl glucoside, caprylic, capric triglyceride, isononyl isononanoate, Simmondsia Chinensis (jojoba) seed oil, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter, Cocos Nucifera (coconut) oil, sodium polyacrylate, phenoxyethanol, caprylic glycol, tocopheryl acetate and perfume.
According to specific embodiments, the total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 0.1 to 10, or from 0.1 to 5, or from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
According to specific embodiments, the composition is in a form of a gel and the total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
According to specific embodiments, the composition is in a form of a cream or an emulsion and the total amount of the bilayer-forming lipid and the polymeric compound is in a range of from 0.1 to 5, or from 0.1 to 1, % by weight of the total weight of the composition, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
The formulations as described herein can be or be used to make up a cosmetic product and be used in cosmetic care.
Exemplary non-limiting products include, but are not limited to, an anti-acne product, an anti-diaper rush product, a shampoo, a body lotion, a body cream, a face cream, a face lotion, a face mask, a body and/or face wash product, a cleansing product (for hair and/or skin and/or mucosal tissue such as oral cavity or vagina), a hygienic product, an anti-pigmentation product, a make-up product, an anesthetic product, a sunscreen product.
According to specific embodiments, the cosmetic composition is used for skin care.
"Skin-care" means regulating and/or improving a skin condition. Some non-limiting examples include improving skin appearance and/or feel by providing a smoother, more even appearance and/or feel; increasing the thickness of one or more layers of the skin; improving the elasticity or resiliency of the skin; improving the firmness of the skin; and reducing the oily, shiny, and/or dull appearance of skin, improving the hydration status or moisturization of the skin, improving the appearance of fine lines and/or wrinkles, improving skin exfoliation or desquamation, plumping the skin, improving skin barrier properties, improve skin tone, reducing the appearance of redness or skin blotches, and/or improving the brightness, radiancy, or translucency of skin.
"Skin-care active" means a compound or combination of compounds that, when applied to skin, provide an acute and/or chronic benefit to skin or a type of cell commonly found therein. Skin-care actives may regulate and/or improve skin or its associated cells (e.g., improve skin elasticity; improve skin hydration; improve skin condition; and improve cell metabolism).
"Skin-care formulation" means a formulation that includes a skin-care active and regulates and/or improves skin condition.
"Skin-care product" as used herein refers to a product that includes a skin-care composition or formulation. Some non-limiting examples of "skin-care products" include skin creams, moisturizers, lotions, and body washes. Other examples are provided hereinbelow
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention, there is provided a skin care product comprising the cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition or formulation, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof.
Non-limiting exemplary skin care products include products for improving skin appearance and/or feel by providing a smoother, more even appearance and/or feel; products for increasing the thickness of one or more layers of the skin; products for improving the elasticity or resiliency of the skin; products for improving the firmness of the skin; products for reducing the oily, shiny, and/or dull appearance of skin, products for improving the hydration status or moisturization of the skin, products for improving the appearance of fine lines and/or wrinkles, products for improving skin exfoliation or desquamation, products for plumping the skin, products for improving skin barrier properties, products for improving skin tone, products for reducing the appearance of redness or skin blotches, and products for improving the brightness, radiancy, or translucency of skin. Such products are to be applied, for example, to a facial skin, the neck, the torso, and/or the decollete.
The formulations and products as described herein can be used to treat, prevent (protect from) or reduce damage to a keratinous and/or mucosal tissue of a subject.
Medical, cosmetic or cosmeceutical conditions that can benefit from topical application of the compositions, formulations or products as described herein include, but are not limited to, damage to skin cells caused by UV radiation, skin aging, skin pigmentation, stress, extreme weather conditions, menopause, xerosis, ichthyosis, keratosis, keratoderma, pruritus, acne, dermatitis, neuro-dermatitis, dermatitis herpetiformis, actinic keratosis, hyper keratosis, inflamed keratosis, eczema, atopic eczema, melanoma, psoriasis, rosacea, urticaria, seborrheic dermatitis, skin cancer, xeroderma pigmentosum, infections caused by pathogenic microorganisms, wounds, inflammation and/or pain, inflammatory diseases or disorders such as tinea pedis (athlete’s foot), acne, tinea versicolor (a benign scaly skin condition), and thrombophlebitis, primary Raynaud's phenomenon (PRP), limited cutaneous systemic sclerosis (LCSSc), diabetic ulcer wounds, skin infections, eczema, rash, immunologically mediated systemic diseases, allergic response-mediated systemic diseases, viral blisters such as one caused by herpes, anal fissure, anal fissure pain, post Hirschprung surgery (for the treatment of obstructive symptoms), acute strangulated internal hemorrhoids, pain and symptoms of chronic extensor tendinosis of the elbow (tennis elbow).
According to some embodiments, the keratinous tissue is a facial tissue, a hair tissue, or a skin tissue (e.g., of the decollete).
According to some embodiments, the mucosal tissue is a vaginal tissue.
According to some embodiments, the mucosal tissue is in the oral cavity.
According to some embodiments, the damage is associated with aging.
According to some embodiments, the damage is associated with a dermatological condition, for example, skin inflammation, and/or conditions such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, pigmentation, acne, eczema, xerosis, ichthyosis, keratosis, keratoderma, pruritus, dermatitis, neuro-dermatitis, dermatitis herpetiformis, actinic keratosis, hyper and inflamed keratosis, atopic eczema, melanoma, rosacea, urticaria, seborrheic dermatitis, skin cancer, and xeroderma pigmentosum.
According to some embodiments, any of the compositions, formulations, articles-of- manufacturing and/or products as described herein, is packaged in packaging material and identified in print, in or on the packaging material, for its intended use.
The compositions as described herein can be identified for use in preparing any of the formulations or products or articles-of-manufacturing as described herein.
The compositions as described herein can be identified for use in preparing any of the products or articles-of-manufacturing as described herein.
The products and/or articles-of-manufacturing as described herein can be identified for an intended use, as described herein in any of the respective embodiments, depending on the
formulation that makes up the product or article, and on other ingredients that may be included in the product.
According to an additional or an alternative aspect of the present invention there is provided a method of performing a cosmetic care in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising applying to the skin of the subject an effective amount of the cosmetic composition disclosed herein, thereby performing the cosmetic care.
According to specific embodiments, the subject is a female subject.
According to specific embodiments, the subject is a baby (e.g. under 4 years old, under 3 years old).
According to specific embodiments, the subject is at least 20 years old, at least 30 years old, at least 40 years old, or at least 50 years old.
According to specific embodiments, the subject is an elderly subject,
According to specific embodiments, the subject is at least 70 years old, or at least 80 years old.
As used herein, the term “subject” includes mammals, preferably human beings at any gender and of any age.
According to specific embodiments, the subject suffers from dry skin.
Additional definitions:
Herein, the term “hydrocarbon” describes an organic moiety that includes, as its basic skeleton, a chain of carbon atoms, substituted mainly by hydrogen atoms. The hydrocarbon can be saturated or non- saturated, be comprised of aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic moieties, and can optionally be substituted by one or more substituents (other than hydrogen). A substituted hydrocarbon may have one or more substituents, whereby each substituent group can independently be, for example, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, amine, halide, sulfonate, sulfoxide, phosphonate, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, oxo, cyano, nitro, azo, azide, sulfonamide, carboxy, thiocarbamate, urea, thiourea, carbamate, amide, and hydrazine. The hydrocarbon can be an end group or a linking group, as these terms are defined herein. The hydrocarbon moiety is optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, including, without limitation, one or more oxygen, nitrogen and/or sulfur atoms. In some embodiments of any of the embodiments described herein relating to a hydrocarbon, the hydrocarbon is not interrupted by any heteroatoms.
Preferably, the hydrocarbon moiety has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Whenever a numerical range; e.g., “1 to 20”, is stated herein, it implies that the group, in this case the alkyl group, may contain 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms.
Herein, the term “alkyl” refers to any saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon including straight chain and branched chain groups. Preferably, the alkyl group has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkyl is a medium size alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Most preferably, unless otherwise indicated, the alkyl is a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted or non-substituted. When substituted, the substituent group can be, for example, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, S -thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, guanyl, guanidinyl, hydrazine, hydrazide, thiohydrazide, and amino, as these terms are defined herein.
Herein, the term “alkenyl” describes an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon comprise at least one carbon-carbon double bond, including straight chain and branched chain groups. Preferably, the alkenyl group has 2 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkenyl is a medium size alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Most preferably, unless otherwise indicated, the alkenyl is a lower alkenyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be substituted or non-substituted. Substituted alkenyl may have one or more substituents, whereby each substituent group can independently be, for example, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, guanyl, guanidinyl, hydrazine, hydrazide, thiohydrazide, and amino.
Herein, the term “alkynyl” describes an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon comprise at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, including straight chain and branched chain groups. Preferably, the alkynyl group has 2 to 20 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkynyl is a medium size alkynyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Most preferably, unless otherwise indicated, the alkynyl is a lower alkynyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkynyl group may be substituted or nonsubstituted. Substituted alkynyl may have one or more substituents, whereby each substituent group can independently be, for example, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-
thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, guanyl, guanidinyl, hydrazine, hydrazide, thiohydrazide, and amino.
The term “alkylene” describes a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon linking group, as this term is defined herein, which differs from an alkyl group (when saturated) or an alkenyl or alkynyl group (when unsaturated), as defined herein, only in that alkylene is a linking group rather than an end group.
A “cycloalkyl” group refers to a saturated on unsaturated all-carbon monocyclic or fused ring (i.e., rings which share an adjacent pair of carbon atoms) group wherein one of more of the rings does not have a completely conjugated pi-electron system. Examples, without limitation, of cycloalkyl groups are cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclohexane, cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, cycloheptatriene, and adamantane. A cycloalkyl group may be substituted or non-substituted. When substituted, the substituent group can be, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C- amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, guanyl, guanidinyl, hydrazine, hydrazide, thiohydrazide, and amino, as these terms are defined herein. When a cycloalkyl group is unsaturated, it may comprise at least one carbon-carbon double bond and/or at least one carboncarbon triple bond. The cycloalkyl group can be an end group, as this phrase is defined herein, wherein it is attached to a single adjacent atom, or a linking group, as this phrase is defined herein, connecting two or more moieties.
An “aryl” group refers to an all-carbon monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) end groups having a completely conjugated pi- electron system. Examples, without limitation, of aryl groups are phenyl, naphthalenyl and anthracenyl. The aryl group may be substituted or non-substituted. When substituted, the substituent group can be, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O- thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, guanyl, guanidinyl, hydrazine, hydrazide, thiohydrazide, and amino, as these terms are defined herein.
A “heteroaryl” group refers to a monocyclic or fused ring (i.e., rings which share an adjacent pair of atoms) end group having in the ring(s) one or more atoms, such as, for example, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur and, in addition, having a completely conjugated pi-electron system. Examples, without limitation, of heteroaryl groups include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, quinoline, isoquinoline and purine. The heteroaryl group may be substituted or non-substituted. When substituted, the substituent group can be, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, guanyl, guanidinyl, hydrazine, hydrazide, thiohydrazide, and amino, as these terms are defined herein.
The term “arylene” describes a monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic linking group, as this term is defined herein, and encompasses linking groups which differ from an aryl or heteroaryl group, as these groups are defined herein, only in that arylene is a linking group rather than an end group.
A “heteroalicyclic” group refers to a monocyclic or fused ring group having in the ring(s) one or more atoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The rings may also have one or more double bonds. However, the rings do not have a completely conjugated pi-electron system. The heteroalicyclic may be substituted or non-substituted. When substituted, the substituted group can be, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thiohydroxy, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonate, sulfate, cyano, nitro, azide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, oxo, imine, oxime, hydrazone, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, a urea group, a thiourea group, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, S-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, sulfonamido, guanyl, guanidinyl, hydrazine, hydrazide, thiohydrazide, and amino, as these terms are defined herein. Representative examples are piperidine, piperazine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, morpholine and the like. The heteroalicyclic group can be an end group, as this phrase is defined herein, wherein it is attached to a single adjacent atom, or a linking group, as this phrase is defined herein, connecting two or more moieties.
Herein, the terms “amine” and “amino” each refer to either a -NR’R” group or a - N+R’R”R’ ’ ’ group, wherein R’ , R” and R’ ’ ’ are each hydrogen or a substituted or non-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclic (linked to amine nitrogen via a ring carbon thereof), aryl, or heteroaryl (linked to amine nitrogen via a ring carbon thereof), as defined herein.
Optionally, R’, R” and R”’ are hydrogen or alkyl comprising 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Optionally, R’ and R” (and R”’, if present) are hydrogen. When substituted, the carbon atom of an R’, R” or R”’ hydrocarbon moiety which is bound to the nitrogen atom of the amine is not substituted by oxo (unless explicitly indicated otherwise), such that R’, R” and R’” are not (for example) carbonyl, C-carboxy or amide, as these groups are defined herein.
An “azide” group refers to a -N=N+=N“ end group.
An “alkoxy” group refers to any of an -O-alkyl, -O-alkenyl, -O-alkynyl, -O-cycloalkyl, and -O-heteroalicyclic end group, as defined herein, or to any of an -O-alkylene, -O-cycloalkyl- and - O-heteroalicyclic- linking group, as defined herein .
An “aryloxy” group refers to both an -O-aryl and an -O-heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or to an -O-arylene.
A “hydroxy” group refers to a -OH group.
A “thiohydroxy” or “thiol” group refers to a -SH group.
A “thioalkoxy” group refers to any of an -S-alkyl, -S-alkenyl, -S-alkynyl, -S-cycloalkyl, and -S-heteroalicyclic end group, as defined herein, or to any of an -S-alkylene-, -S -cycloalkyland -S-heteroalicyclic- linking group, as defined herein.
A “thioaryloxy” group refers to both an -S-aryl and an -S-heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or to an -S-arylene.
A “carbonyl” or “acyl” group refers to a -C(=0)-R’ end group, where R’ is defined as hereinabove, or to a -C(=0)- linking group.
A “thiocarbonyl” group refers to a -C(=S)-R’ end group, where R’ is as defined herein, or to a -C(=S)- linking group.
A “carboxy”, “carboxyl”, “carboxylic” or “carboxylate” group refers to both “C-carboxy” and “O-carboxy” end groups, as defined herein, as well as to a carboxy linking group, as defined herein.
A “C-carboxy” group refers to a -C(=0)-0-R’ group, where R’ is as defined herein.
An “O-carboxy” group refers to an R’C(=0)-0- group, where R’ is as defined herein.
A “carboxy linking group” refers to a -C(=0)-0- linking group.
An “oxo” group refers to a =0 end group.
An “imine” group refers to a =N-R’ end group, where R’ is as defined herein, or to an =N- linking group.
An “oxime” group refers to a =N-0H end group.
A “hydrazone” group refers to a =N-NR’R” end group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein, or to a =N-NR’- linking group where R’ is as defined herein.
A “halo” group refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
A “sulfinyl” group refers to an -S(=O)-R’ end group, where R’ is as defined herein, or to an — S(=O)- linking group.
A “sulfonyl” group refers to an -S(=O)2-R’ end group, where R’ is as defined herein, or to an - S(=O)2- linking group.
A “sulfonate” group refers to an -S(=O)2-O-R’ end group, where R’ is as defined herein, or to an -S(=O)2-O- linking group.
A “sulfate” group refers to an -O-S(=O)2-O-R’ end group, where R’ is as defined as herein, or to an -O-S(=O)2-O- linking group.
A “sulfonamide” or “sulfonamido” group encompasses both S-sulfonamido and N- sulfonamido end groups, as defined herein, as well as a sulfonamide linking group, as defined herein.
An “S-sulfonamido” group refers to a -S(=0)2-NR’R” end group, with each of R’ and R” as defined herein.
An “N-sulfonamido” group refers to an R’S(=0)2-NR”- end group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
A “sulfonamide linking group” refers to a -S(=0)2-NR’- linking group, where R’ is as defined herein.
A “carbamyl” group encompasses both O-carbamyl and N-carbamyl end groups, as defined herein, as well as a carbamyl linking group, as defined herein.
An “O-carbamyl” group refers to an -OC(=O)-NR’R” end group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
An “N-carbamyl” group refers to an R’OC(=O)-NR”- end group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
A “carbamyl linking group” refers to a -OC(=O)-NR’- linking group, where R’ is as defined herein.
A “thiocarbamyl” group encompasses O-thiocarbamyl, S -thiocarbamyl and N- thiocarbamyl end groups, as defined herein, as well as a thiocarbamyl linking group, as defined herein.
An “O-thiocarbamyl” group refers to an -OC(=S)-NR’R” end group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
An “N-thiocarbamyl” group refers to an R’OC(=S)NR”- end group, where each of R’ and
R” is as defined herein.
An “S-thiocarbamyl” group refers to an -SC(=O)-NR’R” end group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
A “thiocarbamyl linking group” refers to a -OC(=S)-NR’- or -SC(=O)-NR’- linking group, where R’ is as defined herein.
An “amide” or “amido” group encompasses C-amido and N-amido end groups, as defined herein, as well as an amide linking group, as defined herein.
A “C-amido” group refers to a -C(=O)-NR’R” end group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
An “N-amido” group refers to an R’C(=O)-NR”- end group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
An “amide linking group” refers to a -C(=O)-NR’- linking group, where R’ is as defined herein.
A “urea group” refers to an -N(R’)-C(=O)-NR”R’” end group, where each of R’, R” and R” is as defined herein, or an -N(R’)-C(=O)-NR”- linking group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
A “thiourea group” refers to an -N(R’)-C(=S)-NR”R”’ end group, where each of R’, R” and R” is as defined herein, or an -N(R’)-C(=S)-NR”- linking group, where each of R’ and R” is as defined herein.
A “nitro” group refers to an -NO2 group.
A “cyano” group refers to a -C=N group.
The term “phosphonyl” or “phosphonate” describes a -P(=O)(OR’)(OR”) group, with R’ and R” as defined herein, or a -P(=O)(OR’)-O- linking group, with R’ as defined herein.
The term “phosphate” describes an -O-P(=O)(OR’)(OR”) end group, with each of R’ and R” as defined herein, or an -O-P(=O)(OR’)-O- linking group, with R’ as defined herein.
The term “phosphinyl” describes a -PR’R” end group, with each of R’ and R” as defined herein, or a -PR’ - linking group, with R’ as defined herein.
The term “hydrazine” describes a -NR’-NR”R’” end group, where R’, R”, and R’” are as defined herein, or to a -NR’ -NR”- linking group, where R’ and R” are as defined herein.
As used herein, the term “hydrazide” describes a -C(=O)-NR’-NR”R’” end group, where R’, R” and R’” are as defined herein, or to a -C(=O)-NR’-NR”- linking group, where R’ and R” are as defined herein.
As used herein, the term “thiohydrazide” describes a -C(=S)-NR’-NR”R’” end group, where R’, R” and R’” are as defined herein, or to a -C(=S)-NR’-NR”- linking group, where R’ and R” are as defined herein.
A “guanidinyl” group refers to an -RaNC(=NRd)-NRbRc end group, where each of Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd can be as defined herein for R’ and R”, or to an -R’NC(=NR”)-NR’”- linking group, where R’, R” and R’” are as defined herein.
A “guanyl” or “guanine” group refers to an R”’R”NC(=NR’)- end group, where R’, R” and R’” are as defined herein, or to a -R”NC(=NR’)- linking group, where R’ and R” are as defined herein.
For any of the embodiments described herein, the compound described herein may be in a form of a salt, for example, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
As used herein, the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a charged species of the parent compound and its counter-ion, which is typically used to modify the solubility characteristics of the parent compound and/or to reduce any significant irritation to an organism by the parent compound, while not abrogating the biological activity and properties of the administered compound. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound as described herein can alternatively be formed during the synthesis of the compound, e.g., in the course of isolating the compound from a reaction mixture or re-crystallizing the compound.
In the context of some of the present embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds described herein may optionally be an acid addition salt and/or a base addition salt.
An acid addition salt comprises at least one basic (e.g., amine and/or guanidinyl) group of the compound which is in a positively charged form (e.g., wherein the basic group is protonated), in combination with at least one counter-ion, derived from the selected acid, that forms a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The acid addition salts of the compounds described herein may therefore be complexes formed between one or more basic groups of the compound and one or more equivalents of an acid.
A base addition salt comprises at least one acidic (e.g., carboxylic acid) group of the compound which is in a negatively charged form (e.g., wherein the acidic group is deprotonated), in combination with at least one counter-ion, derived from the selected base, that forms a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The base addition salts of the compounds described herein may therefore be complexes formed between one or more acidic groups of the compound and one or more equivalents of a base.
Depending on the stoichiometric proportions between the charged group(s) in the compound and the counter-ion in the salt, the acid additions salts and/or base addition salts can be either mono-addition salts or poly-addition salts.
The phrase “mono-addition salt”, as used herein, refers to a salt in which the stoichiometric ratio between the counter-ion and charged form of the compound is 1:1, such that the addition salt includes one molar equivalent of the counter-ion per one molar equivalent of the compound.
The phrase “poly- addition salt”, as used herein, refers to a salt in which the stoichiometric ratio between the counter-ion and the charged form of the compound is greater than 1:1 and is, for example, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1 and so on, such that the addition salt includes two or more molar equivalents of the counter-ion per one molar equivalent of the compound.
An example, without limitation, of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt would be an ammonium cation or guanidinium cation and an acid addition salt thereof, and/or a carboxylate anion and a base addition salt thereof.
The base addition salts may include a cation counter-ion such as sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium and the like, that forms a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
The acid addition salts may include a variety of organic and inorganic acids, such as, but not limited to, hydrochloric acid which affords a hydrochloric acid addition salt, hydrobromic acid which affords a hydrobromic acid addition salt, acetic acid which affords an acetic acid addition salt, ascorbic acid which affords an ascorbic acid addition salt, benzenesulfonic acid which affords a besylate addition salt, camphorsulfonic acid which affords a camphorsulfonic acid addition salt, citric acid which affords a citric acid addition salt, maleic acid which affords a maleic acid addition salt, malic acid which affords a malic acid addition salt, methanesulfonic acid which affords a methanesulfonic acid (mesylate) addition salt, naphthalenesulfonic acid which affords a naphthalenesulfonic acid addition salt, oxalic acid which affords an oxalic acid addition salt, phosphoric acid which affords a phosphoric acid addition salt, toluenesulfonic acid which affords a p-toluenesulfonic acid addition salt, succinic acid which affords a succinic acid addition salt, sulfuric acid which affords a sulfuric acid addition salt, tartaric acid which affords a tartaric acid addition salt and trifluoroacetic acid which affords a trifluoroacetic acid addition salt. Each of these acid addition salts can be either a mono-addition salt or a poly-addition salt, as these terms are defined herein.
Further, each of the compounds described herein, including the salts thereof, can be in a form of a solvate or a hydrate thereof.
The term “solvate” refers to a complex of variable stoichiometry (e.g., di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa-, and so on), which is formed by a solute (the heterocyclic compounds described herein) and a solvent, whereby the solvent does not interfere with the intended activity of the solute.
The term “hydrate” refers to a solvate, as defined hereinabove, where the solvent is water.
The compounds described herein can be used as polymorphs and the present embodiments further encompass any isomorph of the compounds and any combination thereof.
The compounds and structures described herein encompass any stereoisomer, including enantiomers and diastereomers, of the compounds described herein, unless a particular stereoisomer is specifically indicated.
As used herein, the term “enantiomer” refers to a stereoisomer of a compound that is superposable with respect to its counterpart only by a complete inversion/reflection (mirror image) of each other. Enantiomers are said to have “handedness” since they refer to each other like the right and left hand. Enantiomers have identical chemical and physical properties except when present in an environment which by itself has handedness, such as all living systems. In the context of the present embodiments, a compound may exhibit one or more chiral centers, each of which exhibiting an (R) or an (S) configuration and any combination, and compounds according to some embodiments of the present invention, can have any their chiral centers exhibit an (R) or an (S) configuration.
The term “diastereomers”, as used herein, refers to stereoisomers that are not enantiomers to one another. Diastereomerism occurs when two or more stereoisomers of a compound have different configurations at one or more, but not all of the equivalent (related) stereocenters and are not mirror images of each other. When two diastereoisomers differ from each other at only one stereocenter they are epimers. Each stereo-center (chiral center) gives rise to two different configurations and thus to two different stereoisomers. In the context of the present invention, embodiments of the present invention encompass compounds with multiple chiral centers that occur in any combination of stereo-configuration, namely any diastereomer.
As used herein the term “about” refers to ± 10 %, and optionally ± 5 %.
The terms “comprises”, “comprising”, “includes”, “including”, “having” and their conjugates mean “including but not limited to”.
The term “consisting of’ means “including and limited to”.
The term “consisting essentially of’ means that the composition, method or structure may include additional ingredients, steps and/or parts, but only if the additional ingredients, steps and/or parts do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed composition, method or structure.
As used herein, the singular form “a”, “an” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. For example, the term “a compound” or “at least one compound” may include a plurality of compounds, including mixtures thereof.
Throughout this application, various embodiments of this invention may be presented in a range format. It should be understood that the description in range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible subranges as well as individual numerical values within that range. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 6 should be considered to have specifically disclosed subranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6 etc., as well as individual numbers within that range, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range.
Whenever a numerical range is indicated herein, it is meant to include any cited numeral (fractional or integral) within the indicated range. The phrases “ranging/ranges between” a first indicate number and a second indicate number and “ranging/ranges from” a first indicate number “to” a second indicate number are used herein interchangeably and are meant to include the first and second indicated numbers and all the fractional and integral numerals therebetween.
As used herein the term “method” refers to manners, means, techniques and procedures for accomplishing a given task including, but not limited to, those manners, means, techniques and procedures either known to, or readily developed from known manners, means, techniques and procedures by practitioners of the chemical, pharmacological, biological, biochemical and medical arts.
As used herein, the term “treating” includes abrogating, substantially inhibiting, slowing or reversing the progression of a condition, substantially ameliorating clinical or aesthetical symptoms of a condition or substantially preventing the appearance of clinical or aesthetical symptoms of a condition.
It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination or as suitable in any other described embodiment of the invention. Certain features described in the context of various embodiments are not to be considered essential features of those embodiments, unless the embodiment is inoperative without those elements.
Various embodiments and aspects of the present invention as delineated hereinabove and as claimed in the claims section below find experimental support in the following examples.
EXAMPLES
Reference is now made to the following examples, which together with the above descriptions illustrate some embodiments of the invention in a non-limiting fashion.
MATERIALS AND EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
Distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DSPE) and Dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DPPE), exemplary bilayer-forming lipids, were obtained from Lipoid.
Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine (HSPC), an exemplary bilayer-forming lipid, was obtained from Lipoid GmbH.
PC S 100 (Phosphatidylcholine from soybean), an exemplary bilayer-forming lipid, was obtained from Lipoid GmbH.
MLV’s are multilamellar vesicles (liposomes) comprising a phospholipid or a phospholipid and LPC as described herein in any of the respective embodiments.
Carbomer - Carbopol based gel - was obtained from Lubrizol advanced materials Europe BV, Cat No. CBP1058.
HA - hyaluronic acid - was obtained from ‘Contipro a.s’: Catalogue number: 814-10-01 & 814-12-01.
Particles size was determined by dynamic light scattering (DLS) measurements using a Zetasizer Nano instrument by Malvern Panalytical. Liposome samples were diluted xlO in PBS to a final volume of 1 mL, transferred to a plastic cuvette and equilibrated to 25 °C, followed by 3 replicate measurements. The mean Z-av erage diameter and mean polydispersity index (PDI) were reported along with their standard deviations.
Z-av erage was determined using a Zetasizer Nano instrument by Malvern Panalytical. Samples were diluted x 100-200 in water to a final volume of 800 pL, transferred to a disposable folded capillary cuvette and equilibrated to 25 °C, followed by 3 replicate measurements. The Z- average (mean) and its standard deviation are reported.
HPLC measurements were performed using Agilent 1100 system equipped with an evaporative light scattering (ELS) detector using a reversed phase C8 column (Kinetex C8, 150 x 4.6 mm, 5 pm, 100A) equilibrated to 30 °C.
GPC measurements were performed using an Agilent 1100 system equipped with a refractive index detector using a combination of PFG columns (PFG Column Guard + 100 A PFG single pore + 300 A PFG single pore) equilibrated to 40 °C.
Other methods are described hereinunder.
EXAMPLE 1
Lipid polymer conjugates (LPCs) and liposome formulations comprising same
Lipid polymer con jugates (LPCs):
Lipid polymer conjugates (LPCs) are prepared as generally described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097, and/or in a co-filed PCT International Patent Application having Attorney’s Docket No. 97558, which claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,097, by the present assignee, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, a process of preparing an LPC according to the present embodiments comprises contacting an initiator compound having Formula V :
Formula V wherein:
Fi, F2, F3, F4, J, K, M and Q are as defined for Formula IV; and
Ri is an electron transfer functional group, with a plurality of monomers that form the -[Y-L-Z]n-[Y]m- polymeric backbone, wherein Y, L, Z, n and m are as described herein for Formula I, under conditions that promote atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP), preferably under conditions that promote ARGET-ATRP.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, Ri can be any functional group that is suitable for electron transfer radical polymerization, and is typically a group that is capable of forming a stable radical on its own. Exemplary such groups include halogens (halo), preferably chloro or bromo, more preferably bromo, although any other suitable groups are contemplated.
The term "stable radical" as used herein encompasses any chemical species that comprises an unpaired electron within its molecular or atomic structure but is relatively long-lived and less
reactive compared to typical radicals. Typically, a stable radical is such that is capable of stabilizing the unpaired electron energetically.
Conditions that promote ATRP include any conditions known in the art, typically in the presence of radical forming reagents such as CuX’ or CuX’2, wherein X’ is typically halogen, and a suitable ligand.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the process is effected under conditions that promote ARGET-ATRP. Exemplary such conditions include any conditions known in the art, typically in the presence of CuX’2, wherein X’ is typically halogen, a suitable ligand, and a reducing agent. Examples of safe, cheap and commercially available reducing agents that can be employed in ARGET-ATRP include, without limitation, ascorbic acid (vitamin C), sodium ascorbate (NaAsc), Calcium Ascorbate (Ca2Asc), and hydrazine (mono hydrate or dissolved in ethanol), tin-2-ethyhexanoate (Tin-2EH) and glucose. For polymerization of MPC, both CuBr2 and CuCh (preferably anhydrous) work well together with TPMA as an exemplary ligand, while the constant reduction of the catalyst is performed using ascorbic acid [see, for example, Adler et al., Biomaterials Science, 2021, 9, 5854-5867]. Other ligands are also contemplated, including, for example, A,A,A(A'-tetrakis(2-pyridinylmethyl)-l,2-ethanediamine (TPEN; CAS No. 16858-02-9).
Suitable solvents for carrying out ATRP or ARGET-ATRP processes include, without limitations, polar solvents such as alcohols (e.g., methanol and/or ethanol).
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the process is effected at a temperature in a range of from 10 °C to 50 °C, or from 15 °C to 50 °C, or from 15 °C to 30 °C, including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween. In some of any of the embodiments described herein, the process is effected at room temperature (i.e., ambient temperature; from about 20 °C to about 25 °C).
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, contacting the initiator compound with the plurality of monomers is effected for a time period of from about 1 to about 48 hours, or from about 3 to about 48 hours, or from about 3 to about 36 hours, or from about 3 to about 24 hours, from about 4 to about 48 hours, or from about 4 to about 36 hours, or from about 4 to about 24 hours, from about 6 to about 48 hours, or from about 6 to about 36 hours, or from about 6 to about 24 hours including any intermediate value and subranges therebetween.
Exemplary procedures for performing ATRP process and ARGET-ATRP processes are described hereinunder. These procedures can be manipulated as desired by selecting an initiator compound, a mol ratio of the plurality of monomers to the initiator, by manipulating the catalyst
solution, the ligand and/or the reducing, and by selecting a synthetic protocol as exemplified for Procedures 2 and 3.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the process is effected by contacting a catalyst solution that comprises a catalyst and a ligand with a solution comprising the initiator compound, preferably under inert atmosphere (e.g., argon), and with a solution of the plurality of monomers, at a mol ratio to the initiator compound selected to provide a desired length (number of repeating backbone units) of the obtained LPC.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, a mol ratio of the catalyst and the initiator is about 1:1.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the process is effected by ARGET-ATRP, using procedures known in the art. In some of these embodiments, a catalyst solution is prepared by dissolving the catalyst and the ligand in a polar solvent (e.g., an alcoholic solvent such as MeOH or EtOH, preferably EtOH). In an exemplary procedure (e.g., Procedure 2), the catalyst solution is added to a mixture of the initiator compound, a reducing agent and a plurality of monomers, in a polar solvent as described herein (e.g., an alcoholic solvent). In another exemplary procedure (e.g., Procedure 3), the catalyst solution is added to a mixture of the initiator compound, and a plurality of monomers, in a polar solvent as described herein (e.g., an alcoholic solvent), and a reducing agent is thereafter added.
In some of any of the embodiments described herein, the mol ratio of the monomer (plurality of monomers) as described in any of the respective embodiments and in any combination thereof, and the initiator compound as described herein, is in a range of from 5: 1 to 200:1, or from 10:1 to 150:1, or from 20:1 to 100:1, or from 30:1 to 75:1, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween. This mol ratio determines the number of repeating units in the obtained polymeric compound (LPC).
In some embodiments, a mol ratio of 50: 1 or lower (e.g., about 30: 1 or about 25:1) provides short LPCs as described herein in of the respective embodiments, comprising less than 100, or less than 80, repeating units in the polymeric moiety (indicated by variable n in Formula I as described herein).
In some embodiments, a mol ratio of 60:1 or higher (e.g., from about 60:1 to about 80:1) provides longer LPCs as described herein in of the respective embodiments, comprising at least 80 repeating units (e.g., 80-120) in the polymeric moiety (indicated by variable n in Formula I as described herein).
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, the process further comprises isolating the polymeric compound.
Isolating the obtained polymeric compound (e.g., a polymeric compound having Formula I as described herein in any of the respective embodiments and any combination thereof), can be effected by any work up process known in the art, preferably in the context of ATRP processes, including, for example, TFF, column chromatography and/or precipitation. Exemplary such procedures are described hereinunder.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, isolating the polymeric compound does not involve acidification, namely, exposing the polymeric compound to an acidic environment.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, isolating the polymeric compound is performed by precipitation, namely, precipitating the polymeric compound from the polymerization reaction mixture by means of, for example, contacting the mixture with an antisolvent in which the polymeric compound is not soluble, at a ratio in a range of from 2:1 to 50:1, anti-solvent: reaction mixture, including any intermediate values and subranges therebetween.
Exemplary anti- solvents include, but are not limited to ketones such as acetone, dimethoxyethane (DME), chloroform (CHCI3), dichloromethane (DCM), tetrachloroethylene (C2CI4), dimethylcarbonate (DMC), diethylcarbonate (DEC), and methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE). In exemplary embodiments, the anti-solvent is a ketone, for example, acetone.
According to some of any of the embodiments described herein, isolating the polymeric compound further comprises, prior to and/or subsequent to the precipitation, column chromatography .
As an exemplary LPC, DPPE-Ph-pMPC was used, with n featuring varying values, as indicated hereinafter.
The chemical structure and an exemplary general synthetic protocol (Procedure 2) used for preparing this exemplary LPC are depicted in FIG. 1.
Preparation of DPPE-Ph-Br initiator (Atom-transfer radical polymerization (ATRP) initiator):
In an exemplary procedure, DPPE-Ph-Br was prepared via a two-step reaction as follows: (a) Steglich esterification of DL-a-bromophenylacetic with 4-nitrophenol to afford the active 4- nitrophenol ester (4NP-O2C-CHPhBr); and (b) reacting the resulting ester with DPPE to obtain DPPE-Ph-Br, as depicted in FIG. 1. Reacting the resulting ester with other glycerophospholipids can provide additional Ph-Br-based initiators.
DL-a-bromophenylacetic acid (4.30 grams, 20 mmol, 1.0 mol equivalent), 4-nitrophenol (3.06 grams, 22 mmol, 1.1 mol equivalent) and 4-DMAP (0.244 gram, 2 mmol, 0.1 mol equivalent)
were weighed into a round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar. THF (20 mL per 1 gram of DL-a-bromophenylacetic acid) was added to the flask and stirring was tumed-on to completely dissolve all solids. The flask was thereafter sealed, cooled to about 5 °C using an icebath, and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC; 4.54 grams, 22 mmol, 1.1 mol equivalent) was added. After 10 minutes of stirring, the ice-bath was removed, and the flask was allowed to reach room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 3 more hours at ambient temperature and then its content was gravitationally filtered-off into an evaporation flask using a common filtration paper. The reaction flask and the filtered urea byproduct were washed twice with DCM (25 mL) and the combined filtrates were evaporated to dryness using a rotary evaporator. The obtained yellowish oily crude mixture was re-dissolved in DCM (10-15 mL) and loaded on a silica column with DCM as eluent. Collected fractions that contained the product (identified using TLC with UV light at 254 nm, eluent = DCM, Rf = 0.95) were combined, evaporated to dryness, and placed under high vacuum overnight. The product was obtained as a clear and slightly yellowish oil, and upon overnight drying under high vacuum it crystalized to give 5.05 grams of a pale yellow solid in 75 % yield.
(b) Synthesis of 2,3-bis(palmitoyloxy}propyl (2-(2-bromo-2-phenylacetamido}ethyl} phosphate (DPPE-Ph-Br ATRP initiator}:
4NP-O2C-CHPhBr (5.05 grams, 15.0 mmol, 1.2 mol equivalent) was dissolved using DCM (15 mL per 1 gram 4NP-O2C-CHPhBr) in a round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar. Then, DPPE (8.66 grams, 12.5 mmol, 1.0 mol equivalent) was added to the flask and washed down with additional DCM (10 mL per 1 gram DPPE). TEA (4.2 mL, 30.0 mmol, 2.4 mol equivalents) was added and the flask was heated to 50 °C using a water bath to afford gentle solvent reflux. At the beginning of the reaction, a foam was obtained in the solution, which was cleared following one hour of reflux and vigorous stirring. The reaction was refluxed for additional 2 hours and was then allowed to cool to room temperature. The content of the flask was transferred into a separation funnel and the organic phase was washed thrice with equivalent volumes of 1 Molar (M) HC1 for each wash. The combined aqueous acidic phase was extracted twice with DCM (50 mL). The combined organic DCM phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and evaporated to 30-50 mL. The DPPE-Ph-Br product was precipitated by adding the concentrated DCM solution to a laboratory bottle filled with stirring MeOH (75 mL per 1 gram of DPPE) and placing this bottle in the fridge for at least 2 hours. The precipitated product was filtered-off, washed twice with cold MeOH (50 mL) and allowed to dry with suction still tumed- on for at least 10 minutes. Finally, the precipitate was dried overnight under high vacuum to give 9.82 grams of DPPE-Ph-Br in 88 % yield.
In another exemplary procedure, DPPE-Ph-Br was prepared as follows:
(a) Activation of aBPA with NHS towards coupling reaction with DPPE:
DL-a-bromophenylacetic acid (aBPA, 7.53 grams, 35.0 mmol, 1.4 mol equivalent to DPPE) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS, 4.32 grams, 37.5 mmol, 1.5 mol equivalent to DPPE) were added into a 100 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a powder funnel. Tetrahydrofuran (THF, 40 mL) was added through the powder funnel and stirring was turned on to completely dissolve both solids. Diisoproylcarbodiimide (DIC, 5.1 mL, 32.5 mmol, 1.3 mol equivalent to DPPE) was added thereafter to the flask using a syringe, the flask was sealed, and the reaction was allowed to stir for 1 hour at room temperature. Then, the precipitated DIC- urea byproduct was filtered-off gravitationally through a standard filtration paper and the reaction flask and filtration paper were washed with 5 mL THF. The obtained clear solution was kept aside for the next step.
(b) Reacting DPPE with the NHS ester of aBPA:
In parallel, a 500 mL round-bottomed flask was equipped with a magnetic stirrer and a powder funnel. l,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DPPE, 17.3 grams, 25 mmol) was added to the flask, following by addition of chloroform (CHCI3, 175 mL) through the powder funnel. Then, triethylamine (TEA, 3.8 mL, 27.5 mmol, 1.1 mol equivalent to DPPE) was added to the flask using a syringe, and the contents of the flask were strongly stirred while heating the flask to 70 °C. After complete dissolution was achieved, the flask was allowed to gradually cool down to 35 °C, and then the clear NHS ester solution from Step (a) was added in a single portion, and the reaction was allowed to proceed for 1 hour at 35 °C. Thereafter, the flask was allowed to cool down to room temperature, e CHCI3 was evaporated under reduced pressure and the obtained oily residue was transferred into a 1 L separation funnel using a total of 500 mL Ethyl Acetate (EtOAc). The organic phase in the separation funnel was washed thrice with HC1 IM (250 mL), thrice with Brine (250 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSCL, and filtered gravitationally using a standard filtration paper into a 1 L lab bottle to separate any solid particulates. The lab bottle with the clear EtOAc solution was placed in a -20 °C freezer for 2 hours, during which the DPPE-Ph-Br product precipitated as a white solid. DPPE-Ph-Br was filtered-off using a Buchner filtration system and the collected product was washed twice with cold EtOAc (25 mL). The product was dried to constant weight under high vacuum. A yield of 80-90 % of pure DPPE-Ph-Br was obtained.
As the above procedure includes in situ activation of aBPA without the need to perform any purification to the active ester, the DPPE-Ph-Br can alternatively be prepared in a one-pot reaction. Activation is performed by turning aBPA into an active NHS ester using diisoproylcarbodiimide (DIC) as a coupling reagent.
Synthesis of DPPE-Ph-pMPC via ARGET-ATRP:
MPC was polymerized from the exemplary DPPE-Ph-Br initiator via ARGET-ATRP using anhydrous CuCh as the catalyst, tris(2-pyridylmethyl) (TPMA) as the ligand, and ascorbic acid or Sodium Ascorbate (NaAsc) as the reducing agent, to obtain DPPE-Ph-pMPC (see, for example, FIG. 1).
Generally, catalysts, reducing agents and ligands and solutions thereof can alternatively be replaced by others known in the art in the context of ARGET-ATRP. The initiator can also be replaced by any initiator that corresponds to the desired LPC, as described herein (see, for example, Formula V).
Generally, an amount of the ligand is about 2 mol equivalents relative to the CuCh catalyst; an amount of the reducing agent is about 10 mol equivalents relative to the CuCh catalyst; an amount of the DPPE-Ph-Br is about 1 mol equivalent relative to the CuCh catalyst; and an amount of the MPC is pre-determined in accordance with a desired number of the repeating units (n). The length of the LPC is determined by the mol ratio of DPPE-Ph-Br to MPC, and accordingly, the amount of the MPC added to the reaction was selected. For example, a mol ratio of 1:25 DPPE- Ph-Br:MPC resulted in LPC comprising about 50-80 or 50-60 repeating units. A mol ratio of 1:50 or 1:60 resulted in LPC comprising about 80-120 or 110-120 repeating units.
In all of the synthetic protocols described herein for preparing a lipid-polymer conjugate, the type of the lipid moiety can be manipulated by preparing a respective initiator (which comprises the selected lipid moiety). Further, the length of the polymeric moiety (number of repeating units of e.g., MPC) is controlled by the mol equivalents of the selected monomer (e.g., MPC) with respect to the initiator (a mol ratio of the monomer relative to the initiator).
The following exemplary general procedure was used, employing the following catalyst solution: CuX2 (X = Cl or Br, 0.10 mol equivalent to the initiator) was dissolved in an alcoholic solvent (e.g., MeOH or EtOH, preferably EtOH). TPMA (0.20 mol equivalent to the initiator) was added to the CuCh green solution, and the obtained metal-ligand complex solution was mixed for at least 15 minutes.
In one exemplary procedure (also referred to herein as Procedure 2), into an oven-dried round-bottomed Schlenk flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, an initiator (1 mol equivalent) and Ascorbic Acid (1.41 mol equivalent to initiator) were added, followed by addition of a solution of MPC (25-100 mol equivalents to initiator; e.g., 30 mol equivalents to initiator) in the selected solvent (e.g., EtOH). The total solvent (e.g., EtOH) volume used in the reaction was set according to the amount of MPC to give a concentration of 15 % w/v. The Catalyst solution was then added to the Schlenk flask, the flask was sealed with rubber septum and all contents were mixed together
to form a greenish clear solution.
In an alternative procedure (also referred to herein as Procedure 3), into an oven-dried round-bottomed Schlenk flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, an initiator (1 mol equivalent) was added, followed by addition of a solution of MPC (25-100 mol equivalents to initiator; e.g., 30 mol equivalents to initiator) in the selected solvent (e.g., EtOH), as above, and an addition of the catalyst solution. The flask was sealed with rubber septum and all contents were mixed together to form a greenish clear solution, and, after all of the solids completely dissolved, Sodium Ascorbate (1.00 mol equivalent to the initiator) was added.
Once all components were introduced to the flask, it was purged from oxygen by bubbling Argon gas for 30 minutes through the solution. The Schlenk valve was thereafter tightly closed, and the polymerization mixture was allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 2-24 (e.g., 5-6) hours.
In both Procedures 2 and 3, polymerization was quenched by opening the flask to air. The obtained solution was optionally filtered-off using a Buchner funnel equipped with a Whatman paper. The obtained solution (or filtrate) was added dropwise into acetone while stirring, to precipitate the polymer product as a white solid. The volume of acetone was set to be 10 times greater than the volume of the alcoholic solvent (e.g., EtOH). The formed slurry was allowed to vigorously stir for additional 30 minutes, and the precipitate was thereafter filtered-off through a glass funnel, and the precipitation vessel and the polymer were washed thrice with acetone. The obtained polymer (LPC), which had a paste-like texture, was purified by dissolving it in EtOH and/or deionized water (15 mL per 1 gram of LPC), while optionally removing impurities by filtration. When EtOH was used, the solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in purified water, filtered from insoluble impurities, and further purified by TFF (8-10 diafiltrations with deionized water). When water was used, the obtained aqueous solution was filtered from insoluble impurities and then further purified using TFF (8-10 diafiltrations with DIW). The aqueous LPC solutions were placed in a -80 °C freezer for at least 2 hours and then lyophilized for at least 48 hours (e.g., 96 hours).
The number of units in the obtained LPC was determined based on the Mw of the product, which was determined by GPC analysis.
All the tested LPCs were prepared using DPPE-Ph-Br as an initiator compound, following Procedure 2 as described herein.
IM22-1053 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 30 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
IM22-1054 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 80 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
IM22-1055 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 30 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
IM22-1056 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 30 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
IM22-1063 was prepared according to the above procedure, using 25 mol equivalents MPC relative to the DPPE-Ph-Br.
Table 1 below presents the characterizing properties of the obtained LPCs.
Table 1
Liposomes formed of DPPE-Ph-pMPC of different lengths and dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine (HSPC), Phosphatidylcholine from soybean (PC S 100), as a phospholipid were prepared and added to various cosmetic formulations as described in Example 2 below.
Liposome stock solutions were generally prepared as follows. Protocols for each formulation are described in further details in Example 2 that follows.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR was added to a 250 ml flask and heated to a temperature in a range of 30-70 °C. The selected LPC was weighed and added to the flask followed by the selected phospholipid. Reference liposome formulations were prepared without LPC. A 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and ingredients were mixed at a temperature in a range of 30-70 °C until a homogenous clear solution was obtained (typically in about 20 minutes).
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 35 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second validating evaporation for 15 minutes, forming a dry lipid cake. Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water were added to the dried flask along with a 2.5 cm magnet and the flask was stirred for 20-70 minutes at a hydration temperature in a range of 30-70 °C.
Homogenization - The solution was placed inside a 250 ml lab bottle immersed in a 35 °C bath, to be homogenized at 7-9K RPM for 30-60 minutes. Table 2 below describes the preparation parameters and characterizing properties of exemplary liposomal formulations.
Cosmetic Gel Formulations
The common ingredient of all formulations was a Carbomer gel. For the gel preparation, a pre-made gel stock (1.5 % Carbopol® content) was generally prepared according to the following: 15 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (930 grams) at room temperature and homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (40 grams ‘ISC AGARD OP’) and mixing for 1 minute. Following, 15 grams of tri-ethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer.
For a gel comprising common moisturizers such as glycerine, 37.5 grams of the stock gel was mixed with 9.4 grams glycerin and 140.8 grams di-ionized water using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel 6 cm wide ‘anchor’ type rod.
Samples comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of a phospholipid only (e.g., dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine; DMPC) or of a phospholipid and LPC as described herein were prepared by missing an amount of the stock gel and an amount of an homogenized solution of the lipids (prepared as described in Example 2), using an overhead stirrer equipped with a stainless steel 6 cm wide ‘anchor’ type rod.
The following presents preparation protocols of exemplary gel formulations:
A reference gel comprising HSPC only (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22- 743”; Table 2, Entry 7):
A gel formulation comprising Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine lipids (HSPC), mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 50.64 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 57 °C was added to a 250 ml flask. HSPC (2.75 grams) was added along with a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet. Mixing was performed at 56 °C for 30 minutes at the evaporator until complete dissolution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 56 °C, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 60 °C were added to the dried flask which was mixed via an evaporator for 1 hour at 60 °C.
Homogenization - The solution was placed inside a cylinder immersed in a 65 °C bath and homogenized at 9K RPM for 40 minutes using a narrow ‘KINEMATICA’ knife, at that temperature.
Gel embedding was performed 12 hours following the homogenization. 12.5 grams of the stock gel was mixed with about 50 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
The resulting MLVs DLS analysis showed a Z-average of 3401 ± 532 nm, PDI of 0.702 ± 0.26. See, Table 2, Entry 7 in Example 1 hereinabove.
A reference gel comprising DMPC only (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22- 736”; Table 2, Entry 8):
A gel formulation comprising dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipid (DMPC), mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 59.04 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 37 °C was added to a 250 ml flask. DMPC (2.75 grams) was added to the flask, and mixing was performed at 37 °C at the Roto- evaporator until complete dissolution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 38 °C, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 38 °C were added to the dried flask and mixing was effected for 1 hour at the above temperature.
Homogenization - The solution was placed inside a cylinder immersed in a 38 °C bath, and homogenized for 2 hours.
The resulting MLVs DLS analysis showed a Z-average of 1461 ± 150 nm, PDI of 0.321 ± 0.27. See, Table 2, Entry 8 in Example 1 hereinabove.
Gel embedding was performed using 12.5 grams of the stock gel mixed with 50.20 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
A reference gel comprising 5% w/w Glycerine (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-587”):
A reference 5% w/w glycerin gel formulation comprising Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di- ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), Glycerine & Di-ionized water. The resulting gel serves as a moisturizing reference herein while incorporation 5% w/w glycerine in any cosmetic preparation serves as common moisturizing standard.
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-579 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 15 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (930 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (40 grams Phenoxyethanol & Caprylyl Glycol mixture) and mixing. Thereafter, 15.00 grams of tri-ethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 5.72.
The final preparation was performed by adding 37.49 stock gel (IM22-579) with 9.39 grams Glycerin USP with 140.8 grams Di-ionized water and mixing using over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod, resulting in a pH of 6.39.
A gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (long) and HSPC (also referred to herein as formulation IM22-777; Table 2, Entry 4):
A gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine lipids (HSPC), the LPC IM22-1054 (see, Table 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 44.80 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared by adding 6 grams Carbopol® 990 to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine were added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 65 °C were added to a 250 ml flask. The exemplary LPC (0.33 grams; IM22-1054, See, Table 1 above) was weighed and added to the flask followed by HSPC (2.41 grams). A 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and mixing was performed at 65 °C for 30 minutes until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 35 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 65 °C were added to the dried flask along with a 2.5 cm magnet and stirring was effected for 1 hour at 65 °C.
Homogenization - The solution was placed inside a cylinder immersed in a 65 °C bath, to be homogenized at 6-9 K RPM for 30 minutes using a narrow ‘Kinematica’ knife, at that temperature. The resulting MLVs DLS analysis showed a Z-av erage of 420 ± 3 nm, and PDI of 0.304 ± 0.016. See, Table 2, Entry 4, in Example 1 hereinabove.
Gel embedding - 12.56 grams of the stock gel was mixed with 50.64 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
FIGs. 2A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-777 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 2A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 2B).
FIG. 2C presents the TEWL of IM22-777 as a function of time, in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736), and also in comparison with IM22-587, a glycerin standard.
A gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (long) and HSPC (also referred to herein as formulation IM22-778; Table 2, Entry 3):
A gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine lipids (HSPC), the LPC IM22-1054 (see, Table 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 44.80 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared by adding 6 grams Carbopol® 990 to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine were added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 65 °C were added to a 250 ml flask. The exemplary LPC (0.52 grams; IM22-1055, See, Table 1 above) was weighed and added to the flask followed by HSPC (2.42 grams). A 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and mixing was performed at 65 °C for 10 minutes until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 35 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 65 °C were added to the dried flask along with a 2.5 cm magnet and stirring was effected for 1 hour at 65 °C.
Homogenization - The solution was placed inside a cylinder immersed in a 65 °C bath, to be homogenized at 7 K RPM for 40 minutes using a narrow ‘Kinematica’ knife, at that temperature. The resulting MLVs DLS analysis is presented in Table 2, Entry 3, in Example 1 hereinabove.
Gel embedding - 12.56 grams of the stock gel was mixed with 50.64 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
FIGs. 3A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-778 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 3 A) and in comparison, with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 3B).
FIG. 3C presents the TEWL of IM22-778 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
A gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (long) and DMPC (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-754”; Table 2, Entry 5):
A gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), the LPC IM22-1054 (see, Table 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 102.32 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 34 °C was added to a 250 ml flask. LPC (IM22-1054 (see, Table 1); 1.51 grams) was added to the flask, followed by DMPC (4.74 grams). A 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and mixing was performed at 35 °C until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 40 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 34 °C were added to the dried flask along with a 2.5 cm magnet and stirring was applied for 2 hours at 34 °C.
The resulting MLVs DLS analysis showed a Z-average of 676.8 ± 41 nm and PDI of 0.622 ± 0.047. See, Table 2, Entry 5 in Example 1 hereinabove.
Gel embedding - 12.5 grams of the stock gel was mixed with 50.0 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer using a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
FIGs. 4A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-754 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 4A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 4B).
FIG. 4C presents the TEWL of IM22-754 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
A gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (long) and DMPC (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-744”; Table 2, Entry 6):
A gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), the LPC IM22-1054(see, Table 1 in Example 1) and water;
mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 51.16 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 34 °C were added to a 250 ml flask. LPC (IM22-1054; 0.76 grams); was added to the flask, followed by DMPC (2.37 grams). A 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet was added to the flask and mixing was performed at 26 °C for 30 minutes until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 40 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 26 °C were added to the dried flask along with a 2.5 cm magnet and stirring was performed for 2 hours at 26 °C.
The resulting MLVs DLS analysis showed a Z-av erage of 983 ± 63.3 nm and PDI of 0.726 ± 0.003. See Table 2, Entry 6, in Example 1 hereinabove.
Gel embedding - 12.5 grams of the stock gel were mixed with 50 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless- steel Type rod.
FIGs. 5A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-754 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 5 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 5B).
A gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (short) and DMPC (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-732”; Table 2, Entry 9):
A gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), the LPC IM22-1053; see, Table 1) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 54.60 mM gel at a 4 % w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams Ethanol AR at 38 °C were added to a 100 ml flask rotating at the Roto-Evaporator. LPC (0.21 grams; IM22-1053) was added to the flask, followed by DMPC (2.53 grams). Mixing was performed at 38 °C for 10 minutes until a homogenous clear solution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 40 °C, -2 inclination, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 37 °C were added to the dried flask along with a 2.5 cm magnet and stirring was effected for 1 hour at 37 °C.
Homogenization - The solution was placed inside a cylinder immersed in a 37 °C bath, homogenized at 9K RPM for 1 hour using a Wide ‘Kinematica’ knife, at that temperature.
The resulting MLVs DLS analysis is shown in Table 2, Entry 9, in Example 1 hereinabove.
Gel embedding - 12.54 grams of the stock gel was mixed with about 50 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
FIG. 6 presents graphs showing the comeometry (hydration) of the IM22-732 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22- 736).
A gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (Medium) and DMPC (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-782”; Table 2, Entry 1):
A gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine lipids (DMPC), the LPC IM22-1063 (see, Table 1 in Example 1 hereinabove) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 54.16 mM gel at a 4% w/w final gel lipid concentration was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams ethanol AR at 35 °C was added to a 250 ml flask. The LPC (IM22-1063; 0.24 grams) was added, followed by DMPC (2.52 grams) that was added with a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet. Mixing was performed at 35 °C for 10 minutes at the evaporator until complete dissolution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 40 °C, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 35 °C were added to the dried flask which was mixed using a magnet in a flask for 1 hour at 35 °C bath.
Homogenization - using ‘Kinematica’ narrow knife for 1 hour at 8.0 K RPM at 36 °C bath, then foam left to de-bubble for 3 days.
The resulting MLVs DLS analysis is presented in Table 2, Entry 1, in Example 1 hereinabove.
Gel embedding was performed using 12.50 grams of the stock gel mixed with about 49.99 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
FIGs. 7A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-782 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 7A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 7B).
FIG. 7C presents the TEWE of IM22-782 as a function of time, in comparison with various standards.
A gel comprising liposomes based on LPC (Medium) and phosphatidylcholine from soybean (PC S 100) (also referred to herein as formulation “IM22-780”; Table 2, Entry 2:
A gel formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of phosphatidylcholine from soybean (PC S 100), the EPC IM22-1056 (see, Table 1 in Example 1 hereinabove) and water; mixed with Carbomer gel (Carbopol®, di-ionized water, Tri-ethanolamine, and preservatives), resulting in 46.4 mM gel at a 4% w/w final gel lipid concentration, was prepared as follows:
Gel preparation - a pre-made gel stock (IM22-728 - 1.5 % Carbopol® content) was prepared as follows: 6 grams Carbopol® 990 was added to di-ionized water (370 grams) at room temperature and the mixture was homogenized at 9K RPM for 7 minutes, followed by the addition of preservatives (about 16 grams ‘Cosphagard CAP’) and mixing. Thereafter, 6.71 grams of triethanolamine was added to neutralize the acidic Carbomer to a pH of 6.17.
Ethanol dissolving of the lipids - 55 grams ethanol AR at 65 °C was added to a 250 ml flask. LPC (0.25 grams; IM22-1056) was added, followed by DMPC (2.50 grams) that was added with a 2.5 cm egg-shaped magnet. Mixing was performed at 65 °C for 30 minutes in the evaporator, until complete dissolution was obtained.
Ethanol evaporation - The solution was evaporated using a ‘BUCHI’ Roto-vapor (water bath set to 60 °C, 250 RPM) until dry, followed by a second verifying evaporation, forming a dry lipid cake.
Hydration in water - 55 grams of di-ionized water at 65 °C were added to the dried flask which was mixed using a magnet in a flask for 1 hour at 65 °C bath.
Gel embedding was performed using 12.50 grams of stock gel mixed with about 50.03 grams of the homogenized solution using an over-head stirrer equipped with a stainless steel ‘anchor’ type rod.
The resulting MLVs DLS analysis is presented in Table 2, Entry 2, in Example 1 hereinabove.
FIGs. 8A-B present graphs showing the corneometry (hydration) of the IM22-780 gel formulation as a function of time in comparison with a glycerin reference IM22-587 (FIG. 8 A) and in comparison with various lipid standards (IM22-743 and IM22-736) (FIG. 8B).
Table 3 below summarizes the lipid composition of the above-described gel formulations. “PC lipid” represents the bi-layer forming phospholipid. LPC % w/w refers to the % by weight of the LPC out of the total weight of the formulation.
EXAMPLE 3 Cosmetic Cream Formulations
A cream formulation comprising multilamellar vesicles composed of DMPC and an LPC as described in Example 1 hereinabove, mixed with water, Glycerin, Cetearyl Alcohol (and) Cetearyl Glucoside, Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Isononyl Isononanoate, Simmondsia Chinensis (jojoba) seed oil, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter, Cocos Nucifera (coconut) oil,
sodium polyacrylate, phenoxyethanol, caprylic glycol, tocopheryl acetate and perfume, at a 4 mM lipid concentration, is prepared as follows:
Multilamellar vesicles preparation - Multilamellar vesicles (MLVs) are prepared by adding a selected LPC and a selected phospholipid at a selected weight ratio to a flask containing ethanol AR, dissolving the ingredients until fully dissolved, and evaporating at 37 °C bath to form a dry lipid cake. Thereafter, the formed lipid cake is hydrated with di-ionized water and stirred with a magnet for, for example, 1 hour, at, for example, 1500 RPM.
Phase A - water and glycerin are added to a container and heated to 70 °C.
Phase B - 5.00 % Cetearyl Alcohol (and) Cetearyl Glucoside, 1.70 % Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, 2.70 % Isononyl Isononanoate, 0.80 % Simmondsia Chinensis (jojoba) seed oil, 0.35 % Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter, 0.20 % Cocos Nucifera (coconut) oil are added to a container and heated to 70 °C.
A+B Phase dispersion - phase A is added to phase B with immediate homogenization, for e.g., 10 minutes at e.g., 10-15K RPM, using, e.g., a ‘Kinematica’ wide knife, until formation of one phase. 0.20 % sodium polyacrylate is added at a temperature below 60 °C, and the solution is re-homogenized for 5 minutes. The obtained preparation is cooled while stirred using an overhead stirrer to below 40 °C. Thereafter, 10.00 % MLVs, 0.80 % phenoxyethanol and Caprylyl glycol, 0.10 % tocopheryl acetate, and 0.03 % perfume are added under stirring.
A short homogenization (2 minutes) is then performed.
EXAMPLE 4
Skin Hydration
Materials and Methods:
Gel formulations were prepared according to Example 2 hereinabove.
The formulations were applied to a human skin. Trans-Epidermal Water Loss (TEWL) & Comeometry measurements were determined using a ‘Courage+Khazaka’ Multi Probe Adapter System MPA 6, using the test procedure provided below. The Trans-Epidermal Water Loss (TEWL) technique is based on measuring the flux of water molecules that evaporates from the treated skin. The procedure of measurement was effected separately for each formulation on three locations on each skin segment three times. The measurements were compared to the naive skin in order to demonstrate the state where the effect of the treatment vanished. In addition, the effect of the gel formulation was compared to industrial acceptable moisturizers that comprise Hyaluronic Acid, Propylene Glycol, and Glycerin.
Skin hydration was determined also by Comeometry.
Human skin was obtained from an aesthetic abdominal cosmetic surgery, upon consent of the donor (female, age 37). The subcutaneous fat layer was removed, and the skin was kept defatted (full thick) at -20 °C until use (less than 3 months, ensuring its barrier function). The study was conducted on full thickness human skin (epidermis + dermis). Sixteen (16) test items were evaluated in this experiment.
Both TEWL and skin hydration were evaluated by corneometric determination. TEWL is the amount of water that passively evaporated throughout skin to the external environment due to the water vapor pressure gradient on both sides of the skin barrier and is used to characterize skin barrier function. Skin hydration is determined by the epidermal conductivity, which correlates to its water content.
On the day of the experiment, the skin was thawed at RT, and the dermal side was placed at PBS for 30 min for equilibrium. The epidermal side was gently dried and was topically applied (200 ml/cm2) with massage to the applied area. Due to the large amount of test groups, the experiment was conducted during 3 days using the same skin donor, testing a sample and its respective naive group on the same day.
TEWL and skin hydration (Comeometry) were determined kinetically at 0, 10, 30, 60, 120, 180 and 240-min post application, after electrode calibration, according to the manufacturer’s instructions. The pH of the naive group was measured kinetically in the same time points as mentioned above.
Data analysis and Results:
The TEWL measurement is correlative to water leaving the skin, thus lower results mean less water leaving the skin, and better hydration, in respect to the naive untreated sample.
Comeometry measurements indicate the hydration level of the superficial layers of the skin (stratum corneum) via measurement of skin dielectric properties. The measurements are performed by the application of a probe to the skin surface. Upon contact, an electric field passes through the stratum corneum and the dielectric constant is obtained. The value of the dielectric constant (in arbitrary units) is directly proportional to the level of skin hydration.
The data obtained for exemplary tested formulations are shown in FIGs. 2A-8B, and in Table 4 (TEWL) and Table 5 (Comeometry) below.
The aim of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of the newly designed formulations. Ten
(10) formulations were evaluated, along with two formulations (IM22-743 and IM22-736) that served as reference of lipid hydration ability, without LPC.
Skin hydration and TEWL were measured kinetically during 240 min post exposure to the formulations.
As can be seen in the data presented in FIGs. 2A-8B and Tables 4 and 5, in the short exposure time (up to 30 minutes) all formulations enhance the hydration parameter compared to the naive group levels. At 30 and 60 minutes, a reduction in skin hydration was seen. After 120 minutes, a stable state was seen in all compounds. These findings demonstrate a profound ability of the tested formulations to enhance the barrier properties of the skin and thereby reduce overall water loss, indicating the high efficacy of the formulations.
EXAMPLE 5
Persistence of the Hydration Layer on Synthetic Dry Skin
Materials and Methods:
Two techniques were utilized to measure the hydration persistence: analytical balance (OHAUS EQ-238) and NMR-MOUSE (ACT-Magritek GmbH, Aachen, Germany).
Analytical balance was determined by depositing the gels to fill completely a cell of 3 mm depth with an area of 125.5 mm2, and measuring mass loss over time, using NMR-MOUSE. The measured mass loss reveals the evaporation rate from the sample. The rate is extracted from the corresponding slope at the first hour and after 10 minutes from the spreading to reduce the contribution of variations to the mass loss by the manual spreading. At the first hour, for this thickness of deposited gel, the rate (slope) is safely constant and can be attributed to the evaporation of unbound water.
Measurements with the NMR-MOUSE were conducted on porcine skin from ears. Pieces from the ears skin with the dermis and epidermis layers were cut upon arrival and frozen at -20 °C. Before each measurement, a piece was defrosted at room temperature and dried by a blotting paper for several minutes. Then, for some of the samples, measurement was conducted before the deposition of the gel formulations. The spreading of the gel formulations was done with a wood popsicle stick on a marked circular area of 19 mm diameter.
The NMR-MOUSE is equipped with a permanent magnet and surface radiofrequency (RF) coil for transmission and reception. See, Nicasy et al., Polymers 2022, 14, 798; and Bergman et al., NMR Biomed. 2015, 28, 656-666. The U-shaped magnet provides a strong gradient of approximately 8 T/m along the z-direction, away from the face of the magnet. The strong Z gradient, combined with the hard RF pulses, produces a selective excitation of thin, flat slices of a few hundreds of micrometers at a distance of 25 mm from the magnet; the static magnetic field in this 25-mm space is approximately 0.3 T (with a resonance frequency of approximately 13.6
MHz). Cross section diameter of the RF beam was estimated to be 0.6 - 0.7 mm. Carr-Miligoom- Purcel-Gil (CMPG) train of RF-pulses was utilized to tilt the magnetization by 90° to the lateral plane and probe its echo.
The following formulations were tested:
IM23-587 (5% w/w glycerin in Gel)
IM22-736 (DMPC only in gel),
IM22-732 (DMPC+LPC gel)
Experimental steps:
Step 1: To verify that protons from water are sampled, a clear signal at v = 13.67 MHz from a 5 mM solution of CuSO4 in a glass bottle was acquired.
Step 2: A gel formulation was spread in a covered petri-dish just to find the signal from the protons in the gel. Again, a clear signal was observed at v = 13.67 MHz. Note, to optimize the signal acquisition the optimal sample height and RF intensity (when the pulse duration is fixed) had to be determined.
Step 3: A gel was spread on the substrate and covered with nylon to find a-priori the optimized height and save time for the loss rate measurement on the skin.
Step 4: For reference, the plastic substrate was cleaned from the gel with paper and ethanol and the dry skin was tightened to the substrate with strips of red tape, see FIG. 3. Following, the magnetization signal was measured.
Step 5: The loss rate of hydration was measured by spreading the gel on the tightened synthetic skin and after a short signal optimization (1-2 minutes). The loss rate measurement were stopped after two hours.
Step 6: The gel was wiped from the tightened skin with paper and ethanol and the magnetization signal was measured.
Step 7: Another reference sample of dry skin was tightened and the magnetization signal was measured.
The magnetization signal from protons of water molecules of three samples spread on porcine skin taken from ears is shown in FIG. 10A; negative times correspond to pre-deposition state. The calibration procedure to optimize the signal was conducted during the first 30 minutes after glycerine deposition. The differences in the signal intensity just after deposition cannot be explained by the differences in the amount of deposited water, but rather by the distinct decay of the echo signal as shown in FIG. 10B, that can be attributed to different relaxation time T2, proton diffusion and exchange processes. This also applies to the higher pre-deposition signal from the DMPC sample relative to the DMPC-LPC. Each curve was therefore normalized to its initial
intensity just after deposition, i.e. M(t)/M(0), as seen in FIGs. 9A-B. For the glycerine sample, M(t=0) was derived from the intercept point in the fitted linear equation.
The evolution of the curves in FIGs. 9A-B exhibits three distinct regimes. The measurement values of the first regime, from t = 0 minutes to 74/44/56 minutes for Glycerine/DMPC/DMPC-LPC, respectively, is denoted by the circles and the corresponding fitted linear curves (dotted). The reduction of the signal in this regime is predominated by the evaporation process of the unbound (i.e., weakly bound) water molecules.
Another way to deduce the evaporation rate of each substance without the influence of the skin is by measuring the weight loss using analytical balance as shown in FIG. 11. Both FIGs. 9A-B and FIG. 11 show curves with different slopes that correspond to the evaporation rate.
The averaged shrinkage rate in units of pm/min can be extracted as the cell dimension, deposited volume, spread area, and the duration of evaporation are known. The results are summarized in Table 6 below. The slope values are derived from linear fitting (R2 > 0.996) to the curves in FIGs. 9A-B, from 10 minutes after deposition (to diminish variations due to the spreading) and up to 60 minutes (to stay safely in the linear regime).
For the evaporation cell on the analytical balance, the slope can be solely related to the evaporation of water. Indeed, the glycerine sample is seen to lose its water most rapidly, whereas the DMPC-LPC maintain the water for the longest time. Same tendency appears in the shrinkage rate that is deducted from the MOUSE-NMR. It is to be noted that in the MOUSE-NMR, other processes such as permeation into the skin and signal decay by the effective T2 may affect the result. Notwithstanding, it can be seen that the DMPC-LPC treatment consistently has the lowest nominal shrinkage rate, indicating that it persists its unbound water molecules for the longest time.
In FIGs. 9A-B, a change in the slope is seen for all samples which become more moderate before the completion of evaporation. As the evaporation continues, other processes become more dominant due to the concentration increase that affects the water-holding capability and the effective T2 as well. This indicates that the magnetization technique reveals the regime of bound- or embedded water.
The third regime (denoted by triangles in FIGs. 9A-B) is typified in a plateau for the Glycerine and DMPC samples, and in a wide range of values for the DMPC-LPC sample. It is thus attributed to the state where the level of embedded water is stable.
In FIG. 9B, the embedded-water regime is shown. The slope of the DMPC-LPC (denoted by triangles) is again the most moderate, pointing to the capability of the DMPC-LPC to hold the water for longer times.
The obtained data indicate that measurements conducted according to two techniques indicate the superiority of the DMPC-LPC over the other tested formulations in moisturizing the skin, both in the unbound- and the embedded- water regime.
The glycerin is the smallest in dimensions and as such is expected to have the highest permeation into the skin’ s stratum corneum layers; a property that is exploited to optical clearance for Raman spectroscopy measurements of skin. On the other hand, the DMPC forms liposomes and multi-lamellar vesicles (MLV) with hydrophilic groups (carbonyl, and phosphate groups) that point radially inward and outward where they bind to water molecules. Their permeation into the skin is expected to be shallower than the glycerine due to their much larger dimension (100 nm - 1000 nm). For the DMPC-LPC, the LPC polymer contributes the hydrophilic amide groups in addition to carbonyl and phosphate groups that also attach to water molecules. Its permeation is also expected to be shallower. Furthermore, with the water evaporation, the concentration increases such that in the case of the DMPC-LPC, a thin polymeric film (or polymeric colloids) that enclose the water, is formed. This film effectively traps the water for a longer time period and turns the DMPC-LPC to a superior moisturizer.
Although the invention has been described in conjunction with specific embodiments thereof, it is evident that many alternatives, modifications, and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Accordingly, it is intended to embrace all such alternatives, modifications and variations that fall within the spirit and broad scope of the appended claims.
It is the intent of the applicant(s) that all publications, patents and patent applications referred to in this specification are to be incorporated in their entirety by reference into the specification, as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually noted when referenced that it is to be incorporated herein by reference. In addition, citation or identification of any reference in this application shall not be construed as an admission that such reference is available as prior art to the present invention. To the extent that section headings are used, they should not be construed as necessarily limiting. In addition, any priority document(s) of this application is/are hereby incorporated herein by reference in its/their entirety.
Claims
1. A cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) comprising a liposome and a cosmetically acceptable carrier, wherein the liposome comprises: a) at least one bilayer-forming lipid; and b) a polymeric compound having the general formula I:
Formula I wherein: m is zero or a positive integer; n is an integer which is at least 2, at least 5, preferably at least 10 (e.g., of from 10 to 200);
Y is a backbone unit which forms a polymeric backbone of the polymeric compound;
L is absent or is a linking moiety;
Formula II wherein: the curved line denotes an attachment point to the respective Y backbone unit;
A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon;
B is an oxygen atom or is absent;
R1-R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclic, aryl and heteroaryl; and
Formula IV wherein:
Fi, F2, F3 and F4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, acyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, carboxy, thiocarboxy, wherein at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is not hydrogen and is of at least 10 carbon atoms in length;
J is -O-P(=O)(OH)-O- or absent;
K is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length or absent;
M is a linking group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, amino, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, urea, thiourea, carbamyl, thiocarbamyl, amido, carboxy, and sulfonamide, or absent; and
Q is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length, or absent, wherein when M is absent, Q is also absent, and when J is absent, M is not absent, provided that: when J is -O-P(=O)(OH)-O-, M is other than amido and/or Q comprises an aryl moiety.
2. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of claim 1, wherein at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is an alkoxy, thioalkoxy, acyl or carboxy of at least 10 carbon atoms in length.
3. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein at least one of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is derived from a fatty acid selected from the group consisting of lauroyl, myristoyl, palmitoyl, stearoyl, palmitoleoyl, oleoyl, and linoleoyl.
4. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein M is carboxy.
5. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein K is an alkyl.
6. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein J is — P(=O)(OH)-O-; M is amido; and Q is a hydrocarbon substituted by at least one aryl (e.g., phenyl).
7. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein Q is a methylene substituted by at least one aryl.
8. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein J is absent.
9. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein J and K are each absent.
10. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein J and K are each absent and M is carboxy.
11. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently said thioalkoxy.
12. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein at least one, or at least two, of Fi, F2, F3 and F4 is independently said carboxy.
13. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of claim 12, wherein at least one or both of Fi and F2 is said carboxy and at least one of F3 and F4 is an alkyl.
14. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein Y is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene unit.
15. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of claim 14, wherein Y is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene unit.
16. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein B is an oxygen atom.
17. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein A is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length.
18. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of claim 17, wherein A is a substituted or unsubstituted ethylene group.
19. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein R1-R3 are each independently hydrogen or Ci-4-alkyl.
20. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of claim 19, wherein R1-R3 are each methyl.
21. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein n ranges from 10 to 200.
22. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein n is at least 30.
23. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein n ranges from 30 to 70, or from 30 to 60.
24. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein n is at least 50, or at least 60.
25. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein n ranges from 50 to 150, or from 60 to 150, or from 50 to 80, or from 60 to 80.
26. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein n ranges from 60 to 80.
27. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein n is at least 80, or ranges from 80 to 150, or from 80 to 120.
28. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 27, wherein m ranges from 0 to 50.
29. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein at least a portion of said backbone units Y, said L and/or said Z comprise at least one targeting moiety.
30. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition (or formulation) of any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein a mol ratio of said bilayer-forming lipid and said polymeric compound is in a range of from 5:1 to 5,000:1, or from 10:1 to 1,000:1, or 10:1 to 100:1 or from 10:1 to 50:1, or from 100:1 to 200:1.
31. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 30, comprising a plurality of liposomes, wherein at least a portion of said liposomes comprises a plurality of liposomes as defined in claim 1.
32. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of claim 31, wherein a polydispersity index of said liposomes is lower than 1, or lower than 0.8, or lower than 0.6.
33. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein a mean diameter of said liposomes is in a range of from 50 to 5,000 nm, or from 500 to 5,000 nm, or from 500 to 3500 nm, or from 200 to 2,000 nm, or from 200 to 1,000 nm, or from 400 to 1,000 nm, or from 400 to 800 nm.
34. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein an amount of said bilayer-forming lipid in the composition in a range of from 0.1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
35. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 34, wherein a weight ratio of said bilayer-forming lipid and said polymeric compound is in a range of from 1:1
to 3,000:1, or from 1:1 to 1,000:1, or from 1:1 to 500:1, or from 1:1 to 300:1, or from 1:1 to 100:1, or from 1:1 to 50:1, or from 5:1 to 50:1, or from 5:1 to 30:1.
36. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 35, being formulated for topical application.
37. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claim 1 to 36, wherein said carrier comprises an aqueous liquid.
38. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of claim 37, wherein said liposome is included in said aqueous liquid.
39. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claim 1 to 38, wherein said carrier forms a composition is a form of a cream, an ointment, a gel, a lotion, a soap, a shampoo, a water-in-oil emulsion, an oil-in-water emulation, a water-in-oil-in water emulation, an oil-in water-in oil emulsion.
40. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claim 1 to 38, being in a form of a gel.
41. The cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of claim 40, wherein a total amount of said bilayer-forming lipid and said polymeric compound is in a range of from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 5, % by weight of the total weight of the composition.
42. A skin care product comprising the cosmetic or cosmeceutical composition of any one of claims 1 to 41.
43. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 41 or the skin care product of claim 42, for use in skin hydration.
44. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 41 or the skin care product of claim 42, for use in treating a damaged keratinous tissue.
45. A method of performing a cosmetic care in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising applying (e.g., topically) to a skin surface of the subject an effective amount of the cosmetic composition of any one of claims 1-41 or the skin product of claim 42, thereby performing the cosmetic care.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202263402088P | 2022-08-30 | 2022-08-30 | |
US63/402,088 | 2022-08-30 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024047646A1 true WO2024047646A1 (en) | 2024-03-07 |
Family
ID=90099091
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IL2023/050925 WO2024047645A1 (en) | 2022-08-30 | 2023-08-30 | Liposome-containing cosmetic compositions |
PCT/IL2023/050924 WO2024047644A1 (en) | 2022-08-30 | 2023-08-30 | Liposome-containing cosmetic compositions |
PCT/IL2023/050926 WO2024047646A1 (en) | 2022-08-30 | 2023-08-30 | Liposome-containing cosmetic compositions |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IL2023/050925 WO2024047645A1 (en) | 2022-08-30 | 2023-08-30 | Liposome-containing cosmetic compositions |
PCT/IL2023/050924 WO2024047644A1 (en) | 2022-08-30 | 2023-08-30 | Liposome-containing cosmetic compositions |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (3) | WO2024047645A1 (en) |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR20160065328A (en) * | 2014-11-28 | 2016-06-09 | 주식회사 엘지생활건강 | Cosmetic compositions comprising liposome |
WO2017109784A1 (en) * | 2015-12-22 | 2017-06-29 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | Lipid analogs and liposomes comprising same |
-
2023
- 2023-08-30 WO PCT/IL2023/050925 patent/WO2024047645A1/en unknown
- 2023-08-30 WO PCT/IL2023/050924 patent/WO2024047644A1/en unknown
- 2023-08-30 WO PCT/IL2023/050926 patent/WO2024047646A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR20160065328A (en) * | 2014-11-28 | 2016-06-09 | 주식회사 엘지생활건강 | Cosmetic compositions comprising liposome |
WO2017109784A1 (en) * | 2015-12-22 | 2017-06-29 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | Lipid analogs and liposomes comprising same |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2024047644A1 (en) | 2024-03-07 |
WO2024047645A1 (en) | 2024-03-07 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP5142989B2 (en) | Composition comprising lipid and copolymer of styrene and maleic acid | |
US9849089B2 (en) | Hydrogel particle coated with lipid and method for manufacturing same | |
ES2606903T3 (en) | Cosmetic base comprising collagen modified liposome | |
ES2380935T3 (en) | Compositions containing proteins for the transfer / recycling of structurally modified lipids as well as their applications. | |
KR101841088B1 (en) | Method for producing Oyster hydrolysis fraction having wrinkle-improving effect and cosmetic composition including the same | |
JP2005298505A (en) | Method for promoting percutaneous absorption of pheum palmatum extract using high-pressure emulsification technology and whitening skin lotion composition prepared by using the same | |
KR20200075424A (en) | Cosmetic composition having excellent skin whitening and anti-aging effect | |
KR20120068721A (en) | Compositions comprising lilium candidum extracts and uses thereof | |
KR101142010B1 (en) | Cosmetic composition Comprising Moisture Quality Component As Active Ingredient | |
WO1995009692A1 (en) | Surfactant, and emulsion cosmetic and liposome each containing the same | |
WO2024047646A1 (en) | Liposome-containing cosmetic compositions | |
JP2004131401A (en) | Skin cosmetic | |
TW202333650A (en) | Methods and compositions for cosmetic applications | |
JP2011042613A (en) | Anti-aging skin care preparation and anti-aging cosmetic | |
JP2009256269A (en) | Profilaggrin and/or filaggrin production accelerator | |
US10406086B2 (en) | Moisturizer and cosmetic including the same | |
JP5756602B2 (en) | Cosmetic base comprising liposome modified with gelatin and / or elastin-constituting polypeptide and skin cosmetic containing the same | |
KR102035275B1 (en) | Development of new peptide derivative for cosmetic material with enhanced skin permeability | |
KR101208120B1 (en) | Vitamin complex, preparation methods and cosmetic composition comprising thereof | |
KR101733618B1 (en) | Curcumin-tripeptide complexes and Anti-aging, Anti-oxidation, or Skin-improvement Composition for skin external application comprising the Same | |
KR102533208B1 (en) | Peptide for wrinkle improvement and cosmetic composition with improved percutaneous absorption comprising the same | |
KR20050000945A (en) | Percutaneous absorption enhancing methods of theanine and external applications utilizing thereof | |
KR100456427B1 (en) | Nano-emulsion particle and preparation method thereof, and a composition for skin external application containing the nano-emulsion particle | |
JP2009203192A (en) | Involucrin production promotor, and skin roughness-preventing or improving preparation for external use | |
KR101842693B1 (en) | Cosmetic composition containing galloyl-peptide stabilized in nanoliposome |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23859639 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |